| /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF. |
| Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>, |
| based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor. |
| Largely rewritten by Alan Modra. |
| |
| This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| |
| This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| (at your option) any later version. |
| |
| This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| GNU General Public License for more details. |
| |
| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along |
| with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., |
| 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| |
| |
| /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at |
| http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and |
| http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */ |
| |
| /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */ |
| #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS FALSE |
| |
| #include "sysdep.h" |
| #include <stdarg.h> |
| #include "bfd.h" |
| #include "bfdlink.h" |
| #include "libbfd.h" |
| #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| #include "elf/ppc64.h" |
| #include "elf64-ppc.h" |
| #include "dwarf2.h" |
| |
| /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */ |
| #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1 |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc |
| (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
| static bfd_vma opd_entry_value |
| (asection *, bfd_vma, asection **, bfd_vma *, bfd_boolean); |
| |
| #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec |
| #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle" |
| #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec |
| #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc" |
| #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc |
| #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA |
| #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64 |
| #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
| #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
| #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
| #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto |
| |
| #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0 |
| #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
| #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3 |
| #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 |
| #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8 |
| #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 |
| #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
| #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
| #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 |
| #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 |
| #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0 |
| |
| #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data |
| #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create |
| #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms |
| #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections |
| |
| #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p |
| #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus |
| #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo |
| #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note |
| #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections |
| #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook |
| #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs |
| #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed |
| #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup |
| #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs |
| #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible |
| #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep |
| #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref |
| #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook |
| #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym |
| #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_edit |
| #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections |
| #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections |
| #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded |
| #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section |
| #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class |
| #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections |
| #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook |
| #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections |
| #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags |
| #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute |
| #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol |
| #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name |
| |
| /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| section. */ |
| #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" |
| |
| /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
| #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8) |
| #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8) |
| |
| /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */ |
| #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16) |
| |
| /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */ |
| #define STK_LR 16 |
| #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24) |
| /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the |
| CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub, |
| relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */ |
| #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8) |
| |
| /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */ |
| #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000 |
| /* TOC base alignment. */ |
| #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256 |
| |
| /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ |
| #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 |
| #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 |
| |
| /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but |
| sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to |
| insert an addi to adjust r11. */ |
| #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */ |
| #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */ |
| #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */ |
| #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */ |
| #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */ |
| #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */ |
| #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */ |
| |
| #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */ |
| #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */ |
| #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */ |
| #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */ |
| #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */ |
| |
| #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */ |
| #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */ |
| #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */ |
| #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */ |
| #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */ |
| #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */ |
| #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */ |
| |
| #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */ |
| #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */ |
| #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */ |
| |
| #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */ |
| #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */ |
| #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */ |
| |
| #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */ |
| #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */ |
| #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */ |
| #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */ |
| #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */ |
| #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */ |
| #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */ |
| #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */ |
| #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */ |
| #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */ |
| #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */ |
| #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */ |
| #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */ |
| #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */ |
| #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */ |
| #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */ |
| #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL |
| #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL |
| #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL |
| |
| /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in |
| R0 for ELFv1, and the address of a glink branch in R12 for ELFv2. */ |
| #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \ |
| (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 14 * 4 : 13 * 4)) |
| /* 0: */ |
| /* .quad plt0-1f */ |
| /* __glink: */ |
| #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */ |
| #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */ |
| /* 1: */ |
| #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */ |
| /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */ |
| #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */ |
| #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */ |
| /* ld %12,0(%11) */ |
| /* ld %2,8(%11) */ |
| /* mtctr %12 */ |
| /* ld %11,16(%11) */ |
| /* bctr */ |
| |
| #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */ |
| #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */ |
| #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */ |
| #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */ |
| #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */ |
| #define LD_R0_0R11 0xe80b0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r11) */ |
| #define ADD_R11_R0_R11 0x7d605a14 /* add %r11,%r0,%r11 */ |
| |
| /* Pad with this. */ |
| #define NOP 0x60000000 |
| |
| /* Some other nops. */ |
| #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82 |
| #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82 |
| |
| /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */ |
| #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */ |
| #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */ |
| |
| /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by |
| a branch. */ |
| #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */ |
| #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */ |
| |
| /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */ |
| #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */ |
| #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */ |
| #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */ |
| #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */ |
| #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */ |
| #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */ |
| #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */ |
| #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */ |
| #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */ |
| #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */ |
| #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */ |
| |
| /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up |
| with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to |
| propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to |
| relocate .opd without reloc entries. */ |
| #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS |
| #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0 |
| #endif |
| |
| #ifndef ARRAY_SIZE |
| #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) |
| #endif |
| |
| static inline int |
| abiversion (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI; |
| } |
| |
| static inline void |
| set_abiversion (bfd *abfd, int ver) |
| { |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC64_ABI; |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= ver & EF_PPC64_ABI; |
| } |
| |
| /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ |
| /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple |
| field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is |
| always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. |
| PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at |
| the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 |
| and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, |
| rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ |
| #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ |
| complain, special_func) \ |
| HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ |
| complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ |
| #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) |
| |
| static reloc_howto_type *ppc64_elf_howto_table[(int) R_PPC64_max]; |
| |
| static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw[] = |
| { |
| /* This reloc does nothing. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. |
| FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 |
| bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. |
| FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_branch_reloc), |
| |
| /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to |
| indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two |
| bits must be zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc), |
| |
| /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to |
| indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower |
| two bits must be zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc), |
| |
| /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL24, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_branch_reloc), |
| |
| /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_branch_reloc), |
| |
| /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL14, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_branch_reloc), |
| |
| /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that |
| the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be |
| zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc), |
| |
| /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that |
| the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must |
| be zero. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the |
| symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist |
| both in the object being run and in some shared library. The |
| dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the |
| shared library into the object, because the object being |
| run has to have the data at some particular address. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_COPY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table |
| entries. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table |
| entry for a symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this |
| doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the |
| addend. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* 32-bit PC relative. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. |
| FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for |
| the symbol. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL30, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */ |
| |
| /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low |
| 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low |
| 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* 64-bit relative relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage |
| table. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */ |
| /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */ |
| /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */ |
| /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc), |
| |
| /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the |
| contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is |
| negative. */ |
| /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */ |
| /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the |
| value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link |
| editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor |
| is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT |
| entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT. |
| This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time. |
| The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a |
| R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE,signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus |
| 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, |
| is negative. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */ |
| /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on |
| each plt call stub. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the |
| definition of its TLS sym. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value |
| of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that |
| contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of |
| sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, |
| with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset |
| to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, |
| with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the |
| first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes |
| the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the |
| offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, signed, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of |
| the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_D34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 34, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 34, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE, dont, |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE, dont, |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_D28, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL, 0, FALSE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL, 0, TRUE, signed, |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc), |
| |
| /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| NULL), |
| |
| /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ |
| HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, |
| NULL), |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can |
| be done. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc_howto_init (void) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, type; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw); i++) |
| { |
| type = ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].type; |
| BFD_ASSERT (type < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table)); |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static reloc_howto_type * |
| ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| |
| if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32]) |
| /* Initialize howto table if needed. */ |
| ppc_howto_init (); |
| |
| switch (code) |
| { |
| default: |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd, |
| (int) code); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return NULL; |
| |
| case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC64_ADDR32; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC64_ADDR24; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC64_REL24; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC: r = R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC64_REL14; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC64_COPY; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL32; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT32; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_PLTREL32; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_64: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC64_PLT64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_PLTREL64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC64_TOC16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC: r = R_PPC64_TOC; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL: |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC64_TLS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC64_TLSGD; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC64_TLSLD; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC64_DTPMOD64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC64_TPREL64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL64; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HI; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC64_16DX_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY: r = R_PPC64_ENTRY; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL: r = R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34: r = R_PPC64_D34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO: r = R_PPC64_D34_LO; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30: r = R_PPC64_D34_HI30; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30: r = R_PPC64_D34_HA30; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34: r = R_PPC64_TPREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34: r = R_PPC64_DTPREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34: r = R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: r = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34: r = R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28: r = R_PPC64_D28; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28: r = R_PPC64_PCREL28; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT; |
| break; |
| case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| return ppc64_elf_howto_table[r]; |
| }; |
| |
| static reloc_howto_type * |
| ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| static char *compat_map[][2] = { |
| { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" }, |
| { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" }, |
| { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" }, |
| { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" } |
| }; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw); i++) |
| if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL |
| && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
| return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw[i]; |
| |
| /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by |
| .reloc directives. |
| FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely |
| completely unnecessary. */ |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map); i++) |
| if (strcasecmp (compat_map[i][0], r_name) == 0) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"), |
| compat_map[i][1], compat_map[i][0]); |
| return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd, compat_map[i][1]); |
| } |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
| { |
| unsigned int type; |
| |
| /* Initialize howto table if needed. */ |
| if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32]) |
| ppc_howto_init (); |
| |
| type = ELF64_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
| if (type >= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table)) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), |
| abfd, type); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| cache_ptr->howto = ppc64_elf_howto_table[type]; |
| if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL || cache_ptr->howto->name == NULL) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), |
| abfd, type); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */ |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| long insn; |
| bfd_size_type octets; |
| bfd_vma value; |
| |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits. |
| We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them |
| doesn't matter. */ |
| r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34) |
| reloc_entry->addend += 1ULL << 33; |
| else |
| reloc_entry->addend += 1U << 15; |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA) |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| |
| value = 0; |
| if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| value = symbol->value; |
| value += (reloc_entry->addend |
| + symbol->section->output_offset |
| + symbol->section->output_section->vma); |
| value -= (reloc_entry->address |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| value = (bfd_signed_vma) value >> 16; |
| |
| octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| insn &= ~0x1fffc1; |
| insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| if (value + 0x8000 > 0xffff) |
| return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| if (strcmp (symbol->section->name, ".opd") == 0 |
| && (symbol->section->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_vma dest = opd_entry_value (symbol->section, |
| symbol->value + reloc_entry->addend, |
| NULL, NULL, FALSE); |
| if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| reloc_entry->addend = dest - (symbol->value |
| + symbol->section->output_section->vma |
| + symbol->section->output_offset); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) symbol; |
| |
| if (symbol->section->owner != abfd |
| && symbol->section->owner != NULL |
| && abiversion (symbol->section->owner) >= 2) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < symbol->section->owner->symcount; ++i) |
| { |
| asymbol *symdef = symbol->section->owner->outsymbols[i]; |
| |
| if (strcmp (symdef->name, symbol->name) == 0) |
| { |
| elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) symdef; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| reloc_entry->addend |
| += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other); |
| } |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| long insn; |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| bfd_size_type octets; |
| /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */ |
| bfd_boolean is_isa_v2 = TRUE; |
| |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| insn &= ~(0x01 << 21); |
| r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN) |
| insn |= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */ |
| |
| if (is_isa_v2) |
| { |
| /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch |
| on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000 |
| for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */ |
| if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21)) |
| insn |= 0x02 << 21; |
| else if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21)) |
| insn |= 0x08 << 21; |
| else |
| goto out; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_vma target = 0; |
| bfd_vma from; |
| |
| if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| target = symbol->value; |
| target += symbol->section->output_section->vma; |
| target += symbol->section->output_offset; |
| target += reloc_entry->addend; |
| |
| from = (reloc_entry->address |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| |
| /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ |
| if ((bfd_signed_vma) (target - from) < 0) |
| insn ^= 0x01 << 21; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| out: |
| return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend -= symbol->section->output_section->vma; |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend -= symbol->section->output_section->vma; |
| |
| /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| bfd_vma TOCstart; |
| |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner); |
| if (TOCstart == 0) |
| TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner); |
| |
| /* Subtract the TOC base address. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend -= TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| bfd_vma TOCstart; |
| |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner); |
| if (TOCstart == 0) |
| TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner); |
| |
| /* Subtract the TOC base address. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend -= TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| |
| /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */ |
| reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| bfd_vma TOCstart; |
| bfd_size_type octets; |
| |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| TOCstart = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section->output_section->owner); |
| if (TOCstart == 0) |
| TOCstart = ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL, input_section->output_section->owner); |
| |
| octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section); |
| bfd_put_64 (abfd, TOCstart + TOC_BASE_OFF, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| uint64_t insn; |
| bfd_vma targ; |
| |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address); |
| insn <<= 32; |
| insn |= bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address + 4); |
| |
| targ = (symbol->section->output_section->vma |
| + symbol->section->output_offset |
| + reloc_entry->addend); |
| if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| targ += symbol->value; |
| if (reloc_entry->howto->type == R_PPC64_D34_HA30) |
| targ += 1ULL << 33; |
| if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative) |
| { |
| bfd_vma from = (reloc_entry->address |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| targ -=from; |
| } |
| targ >>= reloc_entry->howto->rightshift; |
| insn &= ~reloc_entry->howto->dst_mask; |
| insn |= ((targ << 16) | (targ & 0xffff)) & reloc_entry->howto->dst_mask; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address + 4); |
| if (reloc_entry->howto->complain_on_overflow == complain_overflow_signed |
| && (targ + (1ULL << (reloc_entry->howto->bitsize - 1)) |
| >= 1ULL << reloc_entry->howto->bitsize)) |
| return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data, asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) |
| { |
| /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just |
| call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final |
| link time. */ |
| if (output_bfd != NULL) |
| return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, |
| input_section, output_bfd, error_message); |
| |
| if (error_message != NULL) |
| { |
| static char *message; |
| free (message); |
| if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), |
| reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0) |
| message = NULL; |
| *error_message = message; |
| } |
| return bfd_reloc_dangerous; |
| } |
| |
| /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more |
| than one got entry per symbol. */ |
| struct got_entry |
| { |
| struct got_entry *next; |
| |
| /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */ |
| bfd_vma addend; |
| |
| /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same |
| symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support |
| automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary |
| from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups |
| we merge entries within the group. |
| |
| Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */ |
| bfd *owner; |
| |
| /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD, |
| TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */ |
| unsigned char tls_type; |
| |
| /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */ |
| unsigned char is_indirect; |
| |
| /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */ |
| union |
| { |
| bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| bfd_vma offset; |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| } got; |
| }; |
| |
| /* The same for PLT. */ |
| struct plt_entry |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *next; |
| |
| bfd_vma addend; |
| |
| union |
| { |
| bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
| bfd_vma offset; |
| } plt; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata |
| { |
| struct elf_obj_tdata elf; |
| |
| /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| asection *got; |
| asection *relgot; |
| |
| /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined |
| on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */ |
| asection *deleted_section; |
| |
| /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT |
| sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */ |
| struct got_entry tlsld_got; |
| |
| union |
| { |
| /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; |
| |
| /* Section contents. */ |
| bfd_byte *contents; |
| } opd; |
| |
| /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect |
| the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */ |
| unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc : 1; |
| |
| /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc |
| instruction not one we handle. */ |
| unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn : 1; |
| |
| /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in |
| this file. */ |
| unsigned int has_optrel : 1; |
| }; |
| |
| #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \ |
| ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) |
| |
| #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \ |
| (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got) |
| |
| #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \ |
| (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
| && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) |
| |
| /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata), |
| PPC64_ELF_DATA); |
| } |
| |
| /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the |
| default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| |
| if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) |
| { |
| /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */ |
| abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; |
| BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64); |
| } |
| } |
| return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| size_t offset, size; |
| |
| if (note->descsz != 504) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* pr_cursig */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| |
| /* pr_pid */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 32); |
| |
| /* pr_reg */ |
| offset = 112; |
| size = 384; |
| |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| size, note->descpos + offset); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| if (note->descsz != 136) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
| = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 40, 16); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 56, 80); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static char * |
| ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, |
| ...) |
| { |
| switch (note_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| return NULL; |
| |
| case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| { |
| char data[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; |
| va_list ap; |
| |
| va_start (ap, note_type); |
| memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| strncpy (data + 40, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); |
| #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 |
| DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; |
| /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with |
| -Wstringop-truncation: |
| https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 |
| */ |
| DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; |
| #endif |
| strncpy (data + 56, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); |
| #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 |
| DIAGNOSTIC_POP; |
| #endif |
| va_end (ap); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); |
| } |
| |
| case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| { |
| char data[504]; |
| va_list ap; |
| long pid; |
| int cursig; |
| const void *greg; |
| |
| va_start (ap, note_type); |
| memset (data, 0, 112); |
| pid = va_arg (ap, long); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 32); |
| cursig = va_arg (ap, int); |
| bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); |
| greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); |
| memcpy (data + 112, greg, 384); |
| memset (data + 496, 0, 8); |
| va_end (ap); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Add extra PPC sections. */ |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| enum _ppc64_sec_type { |
| sec_normal = 0, |
| sec_opd = 1, |
| sec_toc = 2 |
| }; |
| |
| struct _ppc64_elf_section_data |
| { |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data elf; |
| |
| union |
| { |
| /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor, |
| and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */ |
| #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4) |
| struct _opd_sec_data |
| { |
| /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */ |
| asection **func_sec; |
| |
| /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */ |
| long *adjust; |
| } opd; |
| |
| /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */ |
| struct _toc_sec_data |
| { |
| /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */ |
| unsigned *symndx; |
| |
| /* And the relocation addend. */ |
| bfd_vma *add; |
| } toc; |
| } u; |
| |
| enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type:2; |
| |
| /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to |
| select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */ |
| unsigned int has_14bit_branch:1; |
| |
| /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ |
| unsigned int has_pltcall:1; |
| |
| /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be |
| optimised. */ |
| unsigned int has_optrel:1; |
| }; |
| |
| #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \ |
| ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec)) |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| { |
| if (!sec->used_by_bfd) |
| { |
| struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| size_t amt = sizeof (*sdata); |
| |
| sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (sdata == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
| } |
| |
| return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr) |
| { |
| const char *name = hdr->bfd_section->name; |
| |
| if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0 |
| || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0) |
| hdr->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static struct _opd_sec_data * |
| get_opd_info (asection * sec) |
| { |
| if (sec != NULL |
| && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec) != NULL |
| && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type == sec_opd) |
| return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.opd; |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */ |
| static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable; |
| static const asection *synthetic_opd; |
| |
| /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */ |
| |
| static int |
| compare_symbols (const void *ap, const void *bp) |
| { |
| const asymbol *a = *(const asymbol **) ap; |
| const asymbol *b = *(const asymbol **) bp; |
| |
| /* Section symbols first. */ |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) && !(b->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)) |
| return -1; |
| if (!(a->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) && (b->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* then .opd symbols. */ |
| if (synthetic_opd != NULL) |
| { |
| if (strcmp (a->section->name, ".opd") == 0 |
| && strcmp (b->section->name, ".opd") != 0) |
| return -1; |
| if (strcmp (a->section->name, ".opd") != 0 |
| && strcmp (b->section->name, ".opd") == 0) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* then other code symbols. */ |
| if (((a->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) |
| == (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| && ((b->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) |
| != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if (((a->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) |
| != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| && ((b->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) |
| == (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC))) |
| return 1; |
| |
| if (synthetic_relocatable) |
| { |
| if (a->section->id < b->section->id) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if (a->section->id > b->section->id) |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (a->value + a->section->vma < b->value + b->section->vma) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if (a->value + a->section->vma > b->value + b->section->vma) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function |
| syms over other syms. */ |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) == 0) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_GLOBAL) != 0) |
| return 1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| return 1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_WEAK) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_WEAK) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_WEAK) == 0) |
| return 1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) != 0 && (b->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) == 0) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if ((a->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) == 0 && (b->flags & BSF_DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will |
| be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for |
| dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing |
| BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were |
| originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not |
| sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */ |
| if (a < b) |
| return -1; |
| if (a > b) |
| return 1; |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */ |
| |
| static asymbol * |
| sym_exists_at (asymbol **syms, size_t lo, size_t hi, unsigned int id, |
| bfd_vma value) |
| { |
| size_t mid; |
| |
| if (id == (unsigned) -1) |
| { |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| mid = (lo + hi) >> 1; |
| if (syms[mid]->value + syms[mid]->section->vma < value) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else if (syms[mid]->value + syms[mid]->section->vma > value) |
| hi = mid; |
| else |
| return syms[mid]; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| mid = (lo + hi) >> 1; |
| if (syms[mid]->section->id < id) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else if (syms[mid]->section->id > id) |
| hi = mid; |
| else if (syms[mid]->value < value) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else if (syms[mid]->value > value) |
| hi = mid; |
| else |
| return syms[mid]; |
| } |
| } |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) |
| { |
| bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; |
| return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| && section->vma <= vma |
| && vma < section->vma + section->size); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function |
| entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table. |
| Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */ |
| |
| static long |
| ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| long static_count, asymbol **static_syms, |
| long dyn_count, asymbol **dyn_syms, |
| asymbol **ret) |
| { |
| asymbol *s; |
| size_t i, j, count; |
| char *names; |
| size_t symcount, codesecsym, codesecsymend, secsymend, opdsymend; |
| asection *opd = NULL; |
| bfd_boolean relocatable = (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0; |
| asymbol **syms; |
| int abi = abiversion (abfd); |
| |
| *ret = NULL; |
| |
| if (abi < 2) |
| { |
| opd = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".opd"); |
| if (opd == NULL && abi == 1) |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| syms = NULL; |
| codesecsym = 0; |
| codesecsymend = 0; |
| secsymend = 0; |
| opdsymend = 0; |
| symcount = 0; |
| if (opd != NULL) |
| { |
| symcount = static_count; |
| if (!relocatable) |
| symcount += dyn_count; |
| if (symcount == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| syms = bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms)); |
| if (syms == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| if (!relocatable && static_count != 0 && dyn_count != 0) |
| { |
| /* Use both symbol tables. */ |
| memcpy (syms, static_syms, static_count * sizeof (*syms)); |
| memcpy (syms + static_count, dyn_syms, |
| (dyn_count + 1) * sizeof (*syms)); |
| } |
| else if (!relocatable && static_count == 0) |
| memcpy (syms, dyn_syms, (symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms)); |
| else |
| memcpy (syms, static_syms, (symcount + 1) * sizeof (*syms)); |
| |
| /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section, |
| function, and notype symbols. */ |
| for (i = 0, j = 0; i < symcount; ++i) |
| if ((syms[i]->flags & (BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL |
| | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) == 0) |
| syms[j++] = syms[i]; |
| symcount = j; |
| |
| synthetic_relocatable = relocatable; |
| synthetic_opd = opd; |
| qsort (syms, symcount, sizeof (*syms), compare_symbols); |
| |
| if (!relocatable && symcount > 1) |
| { |
| /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal |
| and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms |
| that have different values, so trim any with the same |
| value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols |
| duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a |
| text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */ |
| for (i = 1, j = 1; i < symcount; ++i) |
| { |
| const asymbol *s0 = syms[i - 1]; |
| const asymbol *s1 = syms[i]; |
| |
| if ((s0->value + s0->section->vma |
| != s1->value + s1->section->vma) |
| || ((s0->flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) |
| != (s1->flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION))) |
| syms[j++] = syms[i]; |
| } |
| symcount = j; |
| } |
| |
| i = 0; |
| /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and |
| sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the |
| symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed |
| to this function is the real binary. */ |
| if ((syms[i]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| && strcmp (syms[i]->section->name, ".opd") == 0) |
| ++i; |
| codesecsym = i; |
| |
| for (; i < symcount; ++i) |
| if (((syms[i]->section->flags & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC |
| | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) |
| != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| || (syms[i]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
| break; |
| codesecsymend = i; |
| |
| for (; i < symcount; ++i) |
| if ((syms[i]->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
| break; |
| secsymend = i; |
| |
| for (; i < symcount; ++i) |
| if (strcmp (syms[i]->section->name, ".opd") != 0) |
| break; |
| opdsymend = i; |
| |
| for (; i < symcount; ++i) |
| if (((syms[i]->section->flags |
| & (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) |
| != (SEC_CODE | SEC_ALLOC)) |
| break; |
| symcount = i; |
| } |
| count = 0; |
| |
| if (relocatable) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| arelent *r; |
| size_t size; |
| size_t relcount; |
| |
| if (opdsymend == secsymend) |
| goto done; |
| |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| relcount = (opd->flags & SEC_RELOC) ? opd->reloc_count : 0; |
| if (relcount == 0) |
| goto done; |
| |
| if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, opd, static_syms, FALSE)) |
| { |
| count = -1; |
| goto done; |
| } |
| |
| size = 0; |
| for (i = secsymend, r = opd->relocation; i < opdsymend; ++i) |
| { |
| asymbol *sym; |
| |
| while (r < opd->relocation + relcount |
| && r->address < syms[i]->value + opd->vma) |
| ++r; |
| |
| if (r == opd->relocation + relcount) |
| break; |
| |
| if (r->address != syms[i]->value + opd->vma) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (r->howto->type != R_PPC64_ADDR64) |
| continue; |
| |
| sym = *r->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, |
| sym->section->id, sym->value + r->addend)) |
| { |
| ++count; |
| size += sizeof (asymbol); |
| size += strlen (syms[i]->name) + 2; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (size == 0) |
| goto done; |
| s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| { |
| count = -1; |
| goto done; |
| } |
| |
| names = (char *) (s + count); |
| |
| for (i = secsymend, r = opd->relocation; i < opdsymend; ++i) |
| { |
| asymbol *sym; |
| |
| while (r < opd->relocation + relcount |
| && r->address < syms[i]->value + opd->vma) |
| ++r; |
| |
| if (r == opd->relocation + relcount) |
| break; |
| |
| if (r->address != syms[i]->value + opd->vma) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (r->howto->type != R_PPC64_ADDR64) |
| continue; |
| |
| sym = *r->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, |
| sym->section->id, sym->value + r->addend)) |
| { |
| size_t len; |
| |
| *s = *syms[i]; |
| s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| s->section = sym->section; |
| s->value = sym->value + r->addend; |
| s->name = names; |
| *names++ = '.'; |
| len = strlen (syms[i]->name); |
| memcpy (names, syms[i]->name, len + 1); |
| names += len + 1; |
| /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this |
| synthetic symbol was derived from. */ |
| s->udata.p = syms[i]; |
| s++; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| size_t size; |
| size_t plt_count = 0; |
| bfd_vma glink_vma = 0, resolv_vma = 0; |
| asection *dynamic, *glink = NULL, *relplt = NULL; |
| arelent *p; |
| |
| if (opd != NULL && !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, opd, &contents)) |
| { |
| free_contents_and_exit_err: |
| count = -1; |
| free_contents_and_exit: |
| free (contents); |
| goto done; |
| } |
| |
| size = 0; |
| for (i = secsymend; i < opdsymend; ++i) |
| { |
| bfd_vma ent; |
| |
| /* Ignore bogus symbols. */ |
| if (syms[i]->value > opd->size - 8) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent = bfd_get_64 (abfd, contents + syms[i]->value); |
| if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, -1, ent)) |
| { |
| ++count; |
| size += sizeof (asymbol); |
| size += strlen (syms[i]->name) + 2; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */ |
| if (dyn_count != 0 |
| && (dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) != NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| size_t extdynsize; |
| void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) |
| goto free_contents_and_exit_err; |
| |
| extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| |
| extdyn = dynbuf; |
| extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; |
| for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| break; |
| |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC64_GLINK) |
| { |
| /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32. |
| See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */ |
| glink_vma = dyn.d_un.d_val + 8 * 4; |
| /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final |
| link; search for the section (usually .text) where the |
| glink stubs now reside. */ |
| glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, |
| &glink_vma); |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| free (dynbuf); |
| } |
| |
| if (glink != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch |
| from the first glink stub. */ |
| bfd_byte buf[4]; |
| unsigned int off = 0; |
| |
| while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, |
| glink_vma + off - glink->vma, 4)) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); |
| insn ^= B_DOT; |
| if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) |
| { |
| resolv_vma |
| = glink_vma + off + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; |
| break; |
| } |
| off += 4; |
| if (off > 4) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (resolv_vma) |
| size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); |
| |
| relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); |
| if (relplt != NULL) |
| { |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dyn_syms, TRUE)) |
| goto free_contents_and_exit_err; |
| |
| plt_count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| size += plt_count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| |
| p = relplt->relocation; |
| for (i = 0; i < plt_count; i++, p++) |
| { |
| size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| if (p->addend != 0) |
| size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (size == 0) |
| goto free_contents_and_exit; |
| s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| goto free_contents_and_exit_err; |
| |
| names = (char *) (s + count + plt_count + (resolv_vma != 0)); |
| |
| for (i = secsymend; i < opdsymend; ++i) |
| { |
| bfd_vma ent; |
| |
| if (syms[i]->value > opd->size - 8) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent = bfd_get_64 (abfd, contents + syms[i]->value); |
| if (!sym_exists_at (syms, opdsymend, symcount, -1, ent)) |
| { |
| size_t lo, hi; |
| size_t len; |
| asection *sec = abfd->sections; |
| |
| *s = *syms[i]; |
| lo = codesecsym; |
| hi = codesecsymend; |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| size_t mid = (lo + hi) >> 1; |
| if (syms[mid]->section->vma < ent) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else if (syms[mid]->section->vma > ent) |
| hi = mid; |
| else |
| { |
| sec = syms[mid]->section; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (lo >= hi && lo > codesecsym) |
| sec = syms[lo - 1]->section; |
| |
| for (; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| if (sec->vma > ent) |
| break; |
| /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug |
| info file. */ |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| break; |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| s->section = sec; |
| } |
| s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| s->value = ent - s->section->vma; |
| s->name = names; |
| *names++ = '.'; |
| len = strlen (syms[i]->name); |
| memcpy (names, syms[i]->name, len + 1); |
| names += len + 1; |
| /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this |
| synthetic symbol was derived from. */ |
| s->udata.p = syms[i]; |
| s++; |
| } |
| } |
| free (contents); |
| |
| if (glink != NULL && relplt != NULL) |
| { |
| if (resolv_vma) |
| { |
| /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */ |
| memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); |
| s->the_bfd = abfd; |
| s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| s->section = glink; |
| s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; |
| s->name = names; |
| memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", |
| sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); |
| names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); |
| s++; |
| count++; |
| } |
| |
| /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the |
| stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The |
| objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol |
| name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is |
| a) finding the stubs, and, |
| b) matching stubs against plt entries, and, |
| c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry. |
| |
| Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older |
| ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code. |
| (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc |
| pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to |
| be able to calculate the plt address referenced. |
| (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or |
| find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints |
| for pending shared library loads. */ |
| p = relplt->relocation; |
| for (i = 0; i < plt_count; i++, p++) |
| { |
| size_t len; |
| |
| *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
| we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
| if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
| s->section = glink; |
| s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; |
| s->name = names; |
| s->udata.p = NULL; |
| len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| names += len; |
| if (p->addend != 0) |
| { |
| memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); |
| names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; |
| bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); |
| names += strlen (names); |
| } |
| memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| s++; |
| if (abi < 2) |
| { |
| glink_vma += 8; |
| if (i >= 0x8000) |
| glink_vma += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| glink_vma += 4; |
| } |
| count += plt_count; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| done: |
| free (syms); |
| return count; |
| } |
| |
| /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while |
| functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are |
| called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more |
| or less in the order in which they are called. eg. |
| ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, |
| ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions |
| called. |
| |
| PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that |
| functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor |
| symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like: |
| |
| . .text |
| . x: |
| . bl .foo |
| . nop |
| |
| The function definition in another object file might be: |
| |
| . .section .opd |
| . foo: .quad .foo |
| . .quad .TOC.@tocbase |
| . .quad 0 |
| . |
| . .text |
| . .foo: blr |
| |
| When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch |
| unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused. |
| If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little |
| different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets |
| copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop. |
| |
| . x: |
| . bl .foo_stub |
| . ld 2,40(1) |
| . |
| . |
| . .foo_stub: |
| . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub |
| . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but |
| . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea |
| . ld 12,0(11) |
| . ld 2,8(11) |
| . mtctr 12 |
| . ld 11,16(11) |
| . bctr |
| . |
| . .section .plt |
| . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo) |
| |
| The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits |
| an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd |
| copying. |
| |
| What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations |
| examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code |
| sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against |
| the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need |
| to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other. |
| Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic |
| symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic |
| instead, at least for an application final link. However, when |
| creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols |
| dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early |
| stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a |
| definition from some other object, eg. a static library. |
| |
| Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function |
| calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This |
| behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */ |
| |
| /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this |
| function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared |
| library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ |
| |
| static int |
| must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type) |
| { |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load |
| address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the |
| dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from |
| local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */ |
| return 1; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL32: |
| case R_PPC64_REL64: |
| case R_PPC64_REL30: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| return 0; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the |
| linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ |
| return bfd_link_dll (info); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid |
| copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss |
| section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the |
| shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be |
| enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is |
| actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the |
| .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going |
| via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized |
| function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function |
| pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared |
| library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a |
| dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function |
| descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as |
| a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function |
| descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */ |
| #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 |
| |
| /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this |
| string. */ |
| #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub" |
| |
| /* Linker stubs. |
| ppc_stub_long_branch: |
| Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its |
| destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach. |
| . b dest |
| |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch: |
| Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't |
| reach its destination. |
| . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha |
| . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12) |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| ppc_stub_plt_call: |
| Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that |
| the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra |
| "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr". |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)". |
| . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha |
| . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11) |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11) |
| . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11) |
| . bctr |
| |
| ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional |
| code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections. |
| A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like: |
| . std %r2,40(%r1) |
| . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha |
| . addi %r2,%r2,off@l |
| . b dest |
| |
| A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like: |
| . std %r2,40(%r1) |
| . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha |
| . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12) |
| . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha |
| . addi %r2,%r2,off@l |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2 |
| variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer |
| and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2 |
| has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC |
| relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These |
| come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that |
| start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that |
| one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but |
| needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another |
| call is from a function where r2 is not valid. |
| ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc: |
| . mflr %r12 |
| . bcl 20,31,1f |
| . 1: |
| . mflr %r11 |
| . mtlr %r12 |
| . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha |
| . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l |
| . b dest |
| |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc: |
| . mflr %r12 |
| . bcl 20,31,1f |
| . 1: |
| . mflr %r11 |
| . mtlr %r12 |
| . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher |
| . sldi %r12,%r12,32 |
| . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l |
| . add %r12,%r11,%r12 |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc: |
| . mflr %r12 |
| . bcl 20,31,1f |
| . 1: |
| . mflr %r11 |
| . mtlr %r12 |
| . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher |
| . sldi %r12,%r12,32 |
| . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l |
| . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs. |
| ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc: |
| . pla %r12,dest@pcrel |
| . b dest |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc: |
| . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34 |
| . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34 |
| . sldi %r11,%r11,34 |
| . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel |
| . add %r12,%r11,%r12 |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc: |
| . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34 |
| . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34 |
| . sldi %r11,%r11,34 |
| . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel |
| . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are |
| omitted and following instructions modified in some cases. |
| For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down |
| to |
| . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . bctr |
| |
| For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc |
| pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any |
| particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from |
| code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function |
| prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub, |
| and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter |
| type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will |
| enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar |
| situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub |
| to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf |
| require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of |
| call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will |
| be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the |
| stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous |
| hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call |
| linkage. */ |
| |
| enum ppc_stub_type |
| { |
| ppc_stub_none, |
| ppc_stub_long_branch, |
| ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off, |
| ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc, |
| ppc_stub_long_branch_both, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */ |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch, |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off, |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc, |
| ppc_stub_plt_branch_both, |
| ppc_stub_plt_call, |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save, |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc, |
| ppc_stub_plt_call_both, |
| ppc_stub_global_entry, |
| ppc_stub_save_res |
| }; |
| |
| /* Information on stub grouping. */ |
| struct map_stub |
| { |
| /* The stub section. */ |
| asection *stub_sec; |
| /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */ |
| asection *link_sec; |
| /* Next group. */ |
| struct map_stub *next; |
| /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this |
| group. */ |
| int needs_save_res; |
| /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a |
| _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or |
| after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */ |
| unsigned int lr_restore; |
| /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address |
| if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */ |
| unsigned int eh_size; |
| /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */ |
| unsigned int eh_base; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry |
| { |
| /* Base hash table entry structure. */ |
| struct bfd_hash_entry root; |
| |
| enum ppc_stub_type stub_type; |
| |
| /* Group information. */ |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| |
| /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */ |
| bfd_vma stub_offset; |
| |
| /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final |
| value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */ |
| bfd_vma target_value; |
| asection *target_section; |
| |
| /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */ |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct plt_entry *plt_ent; |
| |
| /* Symbol type. */ |
| unsigned char symtype; |
| |
| /* Symbol st_other. */ |
| unsigned char other; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ppc_branch_hash_entry |
| { |
| /* Base hash table entry structure. */ |
| struct bfd_hash_entry root; |
| |
| /* Offset within branch lookup table. */ |
| unsigned int offset; |
| |
| /* Generation marker. */ |
| unsigned int iter; |
| }; |
| |
| /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs |
| { |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; |
| |
| /* The input section of the reloc. */ |
| asection *sec; |
| |
| /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ |
| unsigned int count : 31; |
| |
| /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ |
| unsigned int ifunc : 1; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; |
| |
| union |
| { |
| /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this |
| symbol. */ |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_cache; |
| |
| /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */ |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *next_dot_sym; |
| } u; |
| |
| /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */ |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *oh; |
| |
| /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */ |
| unsigned int is_func:1; |
| unsigned int is_func_descriptor:1; |
| unsigned int fake:1; |
| |
| /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not. |
| After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag |
| should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */ |
| unsigned int adjust_done:1; |
| |
| /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function, |
| with non-standard calling convention. */ |
| unsigned int save_res:1; |
| |
| /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected, |
| even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */ |
| unsigned int non_zero_localentry:1; |
| |
| /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC). |
| Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are |
| encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any |
| of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when |
| optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not |
| needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also |
| set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one. |
| These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ |
| #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ |
| #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ |
| #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ |
| #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ |
| #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ |
| #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ |
| #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ |
| #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */ |
| unsigned char tls_mask; |
| |
| /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which |
| case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ |
| #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ |
| #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ |
| #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ |
| }; |
| |
| static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry *ent) |
| { |
| return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) ent; |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| elf_hash_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *ent) |
| { |
| return (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) ent; |
| } |
| |
| /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_table elf; |
| |
| /* The stub hash table. */ |
| struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table; |
| |
| /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */ |
| struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table; |
| |
| /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */ |
| htab_t tocsave_htab; |
| |
| /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */ |
| struct ppc64_elf_params *params; |
| |
| /* The size of sec_info below. */ |
| unsigned int sec_info_arr_size; |
| |
| /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather |
| than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for |
| non-ppc64 sections. */ |
| struct |
| { |
| /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */ |
| bfd_vma toc_off; |
| |
| union |
| { |
| /* The section group that this section belongs to. */ |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| /* A temp section list pointer. */ |
| asection *list; |
| } u; |
| } *sec_info; |
| |
| /* Linked list of groups. */ |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| |
| /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */ |
| bfd_vma toc_curr; |
| bfd *toc_bfd; |
| asection *toc_first_sec; |
| |
| /* Used when adding symbols. */ |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *dot_syms; |
| |
| /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
| asection *glink; |
| asection *global_entry; |
| asection *sfpr; |
| asection *pltlocal; |
| asection *relpltlocal; |
| asection *brlt; |
| asection *relbrlt; |
| asection *glink_eh_frame; |
| |
| /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */ |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr_fd; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tga_desc; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *tga_desc_fd; |
| struct map_stub *tga_group; |
| |
| /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */ |
| bfd_size_type got_reli_size; |
| |
| /* Statistics. */ |
| unsigned long stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry]; |
| |
| /* Number of stubs against global syms. */ |
| unsigned long stub_globals; |
| |
| /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */ |
| unsigned int opd_abi:1; |
| |
| /* Support for multiple toc sections. */ |
| unsigned int do_multi_toc:1; |
| unsigned int multi_toc_needed:1; |
| unsigned int second_toc_pass:1; |
| unsigned int do_toc_opt:1; |
| |
| /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ |
| unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; |
| |
| /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ |
| unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; |
| |
| /* Set on error. */ |
| unsigned int stub_error:1; |
| |
| /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */ |
| unsigned int need_func_desc_adj:1; |
| |
| /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */ |
| unsigned int has_plt_localentry0:1; |
| |
| /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */ |
| unsigned int notoc_plt:1; |
| |
| /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */ |
| unsigned int has_power10_relocs:1; |
| |
| /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */ |
| unsigned int stub_iteration; |
| }; |
| |
| /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they |
| are used here. */ |
| |
| /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ |
| #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 |
| |
| /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker |
| relocations. */ |
| #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1 |
| |
| /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */ |
| #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2 |
| |
| /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses |
| the toc or got. */ |
| #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3 |
| |
| /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */ |
| #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4 |
| #define call_check_done sec_flg5 |
| |
| /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| |
| #define ppc_hash_table(p) \ |
| ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \ |
| && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \ |
| ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL) |
| |
| #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \ |
| ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \ |
| bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy))) |
| |
| #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \ |
| ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \ |
| bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy))) |
| |
| /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */ |
| |
| static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| const char *string) |
| { |
| /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| subclass. */ |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| { |
| entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry)); |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| if (entry != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *eh; |
| |
| /* Initialize the local fields. */ |
| eh = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) entry; |
| eh->stub_type = ppc_stub_none; |
| eh->group = NULL; |
| eh->stub_offset = 0; |
| eh->target_value = 0; |
| eh->target_section = NULL; |
| eh->h = NULL; |
| eh->plt_ent = NULL; |
| eh->other = 0; |
| } |
| |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */ |
| |
| static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| const char *string) |
| { |
| /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| subclass. */ |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| { |
| entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry)); |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| if (entry != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *eh; |
| |
| /* Initialize the local fields. */ |
| eh = (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) entry; |
| eh->offset = 0; |
| eh->iter = 0; |
| } |
| |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| const char *string) |
| { |
| /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| subclass. */ |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| { |
| entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry)); |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| if (entry != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| |
| memset (&eh->u.stub_cache, 0, |
| (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry) |
| - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry, u.stub_cache))); |
| |
| /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry |
| points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function |
| descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and |
| definition work together, without breaking archive linking. |
| |
| For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar": |
| An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly |
| "bar" too). |
| A new object defines "foo" and references "bar". |
| |
| A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being |
| satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the |
| old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object. |
| |
| Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */ |
| |
| if (string[0] == '.') |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| htab = (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) table; |
| eh->u.next_dot_sym = htab->dot_syms; |
| htab->dot_syms = eh; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| struct tocsave_entry |
| { |
| asection *sec; |
| bfd_vma offset; |
| }; |
| |
| static hashval_t |
| tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p) |
| { |
| const struct tocsave_entry *e = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p; |
| return ((bfd_vma) (intptr_t) e->sec ^ e->offset) >> 3; |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2) |
| { |
| const struct tocsave_entry *e1 = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p1; |
| const struct tocsave_entry *e2 = (const struct tocsave_entry *) p2; |
| return e1->sec == e2->sec && e1->offset == e2->offset; |
| } |
| |
| /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| htab = (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash; |
| if (htab->tocsave_htab) |
| htab_delete (htab->tocsave_htab); |
| bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->branch_hash_table); |
| bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->stub_hash_table); |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| size_t amt = sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table); |
| |
| htab = bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab->elf, abfd, link_hash_newfunc, |
| sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry), |
| PPC64_ELF_DATA)) |
| { |
| free (htab); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Init the stub hash table too. */ |
| if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_hash_newfunc, |
| sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry))) |
| { |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* And the branch hash table. */ |
| if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->branch_hash_table, branch_hash_newfunc, |
| sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry))) |
| { |
| bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->stub_hash_table); |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| htab->tocsave_htab = htab_try_create (1024, |
| tocsave_htab_hash, |
| tocsave_htab_eq, |
| NULL); |
| if (htab->tocsave_htab == NULL) |
| { |
| ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| htab->elf.root.hash_table_free = ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free; |
| |
| /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really |
| only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the |
| bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes |
| debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */ |
| htab->elf.init_got_refcount.refcount = 0; |
| htab->elf.init_got_refcount.glist = NULL; |
| htab->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; |
| htab->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; |
| htab->elf.init_got_offset.offset = 0; |
| htab->elf.init_got_offset.glist = NULL; |
| htab->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; |
| htab->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; |
| |
| return &htab->elf.root; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create sections for linker generated code. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| create_linkage_sections (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| flagword flags; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY |
| | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| if (htab->params->save_restore_funcs) |
| { |
| /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */ |
| htab->sfpr = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".sfpr", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->sfpr == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfpr, 2)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */ |
| htab->glink = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".glink", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->glink == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that |
| it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */ |
| htab->global_entry = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".glink", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->global_entry == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->global_entry, 2)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) |
| { |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| htab->glink_eh_frame = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
| ".eh_frame", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink_eh_frame, 2)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; |
| htab->elf.iplt = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".iplt", flags); |
| if (htab->elf.iplt == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.iplt, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| htab->elf.irelplt |
| = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.iplt", flags); |
| if (htab->elf.irelplt == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.irelplt, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */ |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
| | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| htab->brlt = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".branch_lt", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->brlt == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->brlt, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for |
| convenience. */ |
| htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".branch_lt", |
| flags); |
| if (htab->pltlocal == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY |
| | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| htab->relbrlt |
| = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); |
| if (htab->relbrlt == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relbrlt, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| htab->relpltlocal |
| = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); |
| if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct ppc64_elf_params *params) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| elf_elfheader (params->stub_bfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS64; |
| |
| /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the |
| linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at |
| the start of the output TOC section. */ |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| htab->elf.dynobj = params->stub_bfd; |
| htab->params = params; |
| |
| return create_linkage_sections (htab->elf.dynobj, info); |
| } |
| |
| /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */ |
| |
| static char * |
| ppc_stub_name (const asection *input_section, |
| const asection *sym_sec, |
| const struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| { |
| char *stub_name; |
| ssize_t len; |
| |
| /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31 |
| offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could |
| probably assume the addend is always zero. */ |
| BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff) == rel->r_addend); |
| |
| if (h) |
| { |
| len = 8 + 1 + strlen (h->elf.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1; |
| stub_name = bfd_malloc (len); |
| if (stub_name == NULL) |
| return stub_name; |
| |
| len = sprintf (stub_name, "%08x.%s+%x", |
| input_section->id & 0xffffffff, |
| h->elf.root.root.string, |
| (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1; |
| stub_name = bfd_malloc (len); |
| if (stub_name == NULL) |
| return stub_name; |
| |
| len = sprintf (stub_name, "%08x.%x:%x+%x", |
| input_section->id & 0xffffffff, |
| sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff, |
| (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff, |
| (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff); |
| } |
| if (len > 2 && stub_name[len - 2] == '+' && stub_name[len - 1] == '0') |
| stub_name[len - 2] = 0; |
| return stub_name; |
| } |
| |
| /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not |
| specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that |
| need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and |
| calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions. |
| The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table |
| entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be |
| adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing |
| occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry * |
| select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *entry, bfd_boolean notoc) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean have_notoc; |
| |
| have_notoc = (entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc |
| || entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc |
| || entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc); |
| |
| if (have_notoc != notoc) |
| { |
| const char *stub_name = entry->root.string; |
| |
| entry = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) entry->root.next; |
| if (entry != NULL |
| && entry->root.string != stub_name) |
| entry = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because |
| creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry * |
| ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection *input_section, |
| const asection *sym_sec, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| |
| /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one |
| stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group. |
| Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be |
| more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to |
| distinguish between them. */ |
| group = htab->sec_info[input_section->id].u.group; |
| if (group == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (h != NULL && h->u.stub_cache != NULL |
| && h->u.stub_cache->h == h |
| && h->u.stub_cache->group == group) |
| { |
| stub_entry = h->u.stub_cache; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| char *stub_name; |
| |
| stub_name = ppc_stub_name (group->link_sec, sym_sec, h, rel); |
| if (stub_name == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, |
| stub_name, FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (h != NULL) |
| h->u.stub_cache = stub_entry; |
| |
| free (stub_name); |
| } |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL && htab->params->power10_stubs == -1) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean notoc = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC; |
| |
| stub_entry = select_alt_stub (stub_entry, notoc); |
| } |
| |
| return stub_entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new |
| stub entry are initialised. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry * |
| ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name, |
| asection *section, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| asection *link_sec; |
| asection *stub_sec; |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| |
| group = htab->sec_info[section->id].u.group; |
| link_sec = group->link_sec; |
| stub_sec = group->stub_sec; |
| if (stub_sec == NULL) |
| { |
| size_t namelen; |
| bfd_size_type len; |
| char *s_name; |
| |
| namelen = strlen (link_sec->name); |
| len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX); |
| s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->params->stub_bfd, len); |
| if (s_name == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| memcpy (s_name, link_sec->name, namelen); |
| memcpy (s_name + namelen, STUB_SUFFIX, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX)); |
| stub_sec = (*htab->params->add_stub_section) (s_name, link_sec); |
| if (stub_sec == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| group->stub_sec = stub_sec; |
| } |
| |
| /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */ |
| stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name, |
| TRUE, FALSE); |
| if (stub_entry == NULL) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"), |
| section->owner, stub_name); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry->group = group; |
| stub_entry->stub_offset = 0; |
| return stub_entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if |
| not already done. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| asection *got, *relgot; |
| flagword flags; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!htab->elf.sgot |
| && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| |
| got = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags); |
| if (!got |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| relgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.got", |
| flags | SEC_READONLY); |
| if (!relgot |
| || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot, 3)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->got = got; |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->relgot = relgot; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */ |
| |
| static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry * |
| follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| while (h->type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| || h->type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| h = h->u.i.link; |
| return h; |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) follow_link (&h->root); |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h->elf)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */ |
| |
| static void |
| move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *from, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *to) |
| { |
| if (from->elf.plt.plist != NULL) |
| { |
| if (to->elf.plt.plist != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry **entp; |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (entp = &from->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *dent; |
| |
| for (dent = to->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) |
| if (dent->addend == ent->addend) |
| { |
| dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; |
| *entp = ent->next; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (dent == NULL) |
| entp = &ent->next; |
| } |
| *entp = to->elf.plt.plist; |
| } |
| |
| to->elf.plt.plist = from->elf.plt.plist; |
| from->elf.plt.plist = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
| |
| edir = ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir); |
| eind = ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind); |
| |
| edir->is_func |= eind->is_func; |
| edir->is_func_descriptor |= eind->is_func_descriptor; |
| edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; |
| if (eind->oh != NULL) |
| edir->oh = ppc_follow_link (eind->oh); |
| |
| if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) |
| edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; |
| edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; |
| edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; |
| edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; |
| edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; |
| edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; |
| |
| /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy |
| dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs |
| in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the |
| symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any |
| tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which |
| are then tested. */ |
| if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return; |
| |
| /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */ |
| if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| { |
| if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| |
| /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
| list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
| for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; |
| |
| for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
| if (q->sec == p->sec) |
| { |
| q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
| q->count += p->count; |
| *pp = p->next; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (q == NULL) |
| pp = &p->next; |
| } |
| *pp = dir->dyn_relocs; |
| } |
| |
| dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs; |
| ind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the |
| symbol which just became indirect. */ |
| if (eind->elf.got.glist != NULL) |
| { |
| if (edir->elf.got.glist != NULL) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **entp; |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (entp = &eind->elf.got.glist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *dent; |
| |
| for (dent = edir->elf.got.glist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) |
| if (dent->addend == ent->addend |
| && dent->owner == ent->owner |
| && dent->tls_type == ent->tls_type) |
| { |
| dent->got.refcount += ent->got.refcount; |
| *entp = ent->next; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (dent == NULL) |
| entp = &ent->next; |
| } |
| *entp = edir->elf.got.glist; |
| } |
| |
| edir->elf.got.glist = eind->elf.got.glist; |
| eind->elf.got.glist = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* And plt entries. */ |
| move_plt_plist (eind, edir); |
| |
| if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| { |
| if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| edir->elf.dynstr_index); |
| edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; |
| edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; |
| eind->elf.dynindx = -1; |
| eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code |
| hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh, struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = fh->oh; |
| |
| if (fdh == NULL) |
| { |
| const char *fd_name = fh->elf.root.root.string + 1; |
| |
| fdh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, fd_name, |
| FALSE, FALSE, FALSE)); |
| if (fdh == NULL) |
| return fdh; |
| |
| fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1; |
| fdh->oh = fh; |
| fh->is_func = 1; |
| fh->oh = fdh; |
| } |
| |
| fdh = ppc_follow_link (fdh); |
| fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1; |
| fdh->oh = fh; |
| return fdh; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh) |
| { |
| bfd *abfd = fh->elf.root.u.undef.abfd; |
| struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| flagword flags = (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| ? BSF_WEAK |
| : BSF_GLOBAL); |
| |
| if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, abfd, |
| fh->elf.root.root.string + 1, |
| flags, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0, |
| NULL, FALSE, FALSE, &bh)) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| fdh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
| fdh->elf.non_elf = 0; |
| fdh->fake = 1; |
| fdh->is_func_descriptor = 1; |
| fdh->oh = fh; |
| fh->is_func = 1; |
| fh->oh = fdh; |
| return fdh; |
| } |
| |
| /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be |
| function type. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *ibfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| const char **name, |
| flagword *flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asection **sec, |
| bfd_vma *value) |
| { |
| if (*sec != NULL |
| && strcmp ((*sec)->name, ".opd") == 0) |
| { |
| asection *code_sec; |
| |
| if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_FUNC)) |
| isym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym->st_info), STT_FUNC); |
| |
| /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function |
| code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */ |
| if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| && (*sec)->reloc_count != 0 |
| && opd_entry_value (*sec, *value, &code_sec, NULL, |
| FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| && discarded_section (code_sec)) |
| { |
| *sec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| isym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (*sec != NULL |
| && strcmp ((*sec)->name, ".toc") == 0 |
| && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_OBJECT) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab != NULL) |
| htab->params->object_in_toc = 1; |
| } |
| |
| if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & isym->st_other) != 0) |
| { |
| if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0) |
| set_abiversion (ibfd, 2); |
| else if (abiversion (ibfd) == 1) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other" |
| " for ABI version 1"), *name); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| unsigned int st_other, |
| bfd_boolean definition, |
| bfd_boolean dynamic) |
| { |
| if (definition && (!dynamic || !h->def_regular)) |
| h->other = ((st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) |
| | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)); |
| } |
| |
| /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since |
| we now have a real symbol. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| asection **psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| bfd *oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| const asection *oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->fake = 0; |
| if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & isym->st_other) != 0) |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->non_zero_localentry = 1; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the |
| inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar". |
| NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash |
| table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */ |
| |
| static struct elf_link_hash_entry * |
| ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| const char *name) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| char *dot_name; |
| size_t len; |
| |
| h = _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd, info, name); |
| if (h != NULL |
| /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor |
| created by add_symbol_adjust. */ |
| && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->fake) |
| return h; |
| |
| if (name[0] == '.') |
| return h; |
| |
| len = strlen (name); |
| dot_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); |
| if (dot_name == NULL) |
| return (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) -1; |
| dot_name[0] = '.'; |
| memcpy (dot_name + 1, name, len + 1); |
| h = _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd, info, dot_name); |
| bfd_release (abfd, dot_name); |
| if (h != NULL) |
| return h; |
| |
| if (strcmp (name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) |
| h = _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd, info, "__tls_get_addr_desc"); |
| return h; |
| } |
| |
| /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a |
| new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols |
| are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an |
| object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also |
| prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols. |
| We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The |
| most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the |
| function entry symbol is used. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| |
| if (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| eh = (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *) eh->elf.root.u.i.link; |
| |
| if (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (eh->elf.root.root.string[0] != '.') |
| abort (); |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| fdh = lookup_fdh (eh, htab); |
| if (fdh == NULL |
| && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| && (eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| || eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| && eh->elf.ref_regular) |
| { |
| /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to |
| pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled |
| elsewhere. */ |
| fdh = make_fdh (info, eh); |
| if (fdh == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| unsigned entry_vis = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) - 1; |
| unsigned descr_vis = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh->elf.other) - 1; |
| |
| /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most |
| constraining visibility of either symbol. */ |
| if (entry_vis < descr_vis) |
| fdh->elf.other += entry_vis - descr_vis; |
| else if (entry_vis > descr_vis) |
| eh->elf.other += descr_vis - entry_vis; |
| |
| /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function |
| descriptor symbol. */ |
| fdh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_regular |= eh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_regular; |
| fdh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_dynamic |= eh->elf.root.non_ir_ref_dynamic; |
| fdh->elf.ref_regular |= eh->elf.ref_regular; |
| fdh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; |
| |
| if (!fdh->elf.forced_local |
| && fdh->elf.dynindx == -1 |
| && fdh->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden |
| && (bfd_link_dll (info) |
| || fdh->elf.def_dynamic |
| || fdh->elf.ref_dynamic) |
| && (eh->elf.ref_regular |
| || eh->elf.def_regular)) |
| { |
| if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &fdh->elf)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list |
| of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry **p, *eh; |
| asection *opd = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".opd"); |
| |
| if (opd != NULL && opd->size != 0) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->sec_type == sec_normal); |
| ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->sec_type = sec_opd; |
| |
| if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0) |
| set_abiversion (ibfd, 1); |
| else if (abiversion (ibfd) >= 2) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"), |
| ibfd, abiversion (ibfd)); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (is_ppc64_elf (info->output_bfd)) |
| { |
| /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags |
| we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set |
| as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2. |
| Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input |
| still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output. |
| Differences in ABI are reported later. */ |
| if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) == 0) |
| set_abiversion (info->output_bfd, abiversion (ibfd)); |
| else if (abiversion (ibfd) == 0) |
| set_abiversion (ibfd, abiversion (info->output_bfd)); |
| } |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (opd != NULL && opd->size != 0 |
| && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0 |
| && (opd->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| && opd->reloc_count != 0 |
| && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd->output_section) |
| && info->gc_sections) |
| { |
| /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections. |
| We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by |
| relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead, |
| if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we |
| want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is |
| easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep |
| information about the associated function section. */ |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| asection **opd_sym_map; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, *rel_end, *rel; |
| |
| amt = OPD_NDX (opd->size) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map); |
| opd_sym_map = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, amt); |
| if (opd_sym_map == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| ppc64_elf_section_data (opd)->u.opd.func_sec = opd_sym_map; |
| relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, opd, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relocs == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| rel_end = relocs + opd->reloc_count - 1; |
| for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| unsigned long r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC |
| && r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, ibfd, |
| r_symndx); |
| if (isym == NULL) |
| { |
| if (elf_section_data (opd)->relocs != relocs) |
| free (relocs); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| if (s != NULL && s != opd) |
| opd_sym_map[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = s; |
| } |
| } |
| if (elf_section_data (opd)->relocs != relocs) |
| free (relocs); |
| } |
| |
| p = &htab->dot_syms; |
| while ((eh = *p) != NULL) |
| { |
| *p = NULL; |
| if (&eh->elf == htab->elf.hgot) |
| ; |
| else if (htab->elf.hgot == NULL |
| && strcmp (eh->elf.root.root.string, ".TOC.") == 0) |
| htab->elf.hgot = &eh->elf; |
| else if (abiversion (ibfd) <= 1) |
| { |
| htab->need_func_desc_adj = 1; |
| if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| p = &eh->u.next_dot_sym; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined |
| not to be needed. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd *ibfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| enum notice_asneeded_action act) |
| { |
| if (act == notice_not_needed) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| htab->dot_syms = NULL; |
| } |
| return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd, info, act); |
| } |
| |
| /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need |
| toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 |
| && (sec->owner->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0 |
| && is_ppc64_elf (sec->owner)) |
| { |
| if (abiversion (sec->owner) >= 2 |
| || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec->owner, ".opd") != NULL) |
| sec->has_toc_reloc = 1; |
| } |
| _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec, info); |
| } |
| |
| static struct plt_entry ** |
| update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| unsigned long r_symndx, bfd_vma r_addend, int tls_type) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (abfd); |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; |
| |
| if (local_got_ents == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| |
| size *= (sizeof (*local_got_ents) |
| + sizeof (*local_plt) |
| + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); |
| local_got_ents = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| if (local_got_ents == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| elf_local_got_ents (abfd) = local_got_ents; |
| } |
| |
| if ((tls_type & (NON_GOT | TLS_EXPLICIT)) == 0) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx]; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == r_addend |
| && ent->owner == abfd |
| && ent->tls_type == tls_type) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| { |
| size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); |
| ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| ent->next = local_got_ents[r_symndx]; |
| ent->addend = r_addend; |
| ent->owner = abfd; |
| ent->tls_type = tls_type; |
| ent->is_indirect = FALSE; |
| ent->got.refcount = 0; |
| local_got_ents[r_symndx] = ent; |
| } |
| ent->got.refcount += 1; |
| } |
| |
| local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; |
| |
| return local_plt + r_symndx; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, bfd_vma addend) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == addend) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| { |
| size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); |
| ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| ent->next = *plist; |
| ent->addend = addend; |
| ent->plt.refcount = 0; |
| *plist = ent; |
| } |
| ent->plt.refcount += 1; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type) |
| { |
| return (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR24 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC); |
| } |
| |
| /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type) |
| { |
| return (r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HA |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HI |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTSEQ |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC); |
| } |
| |
| /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure |
| linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| asection *sreloc; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga, *dottga; |
| bfd_boolean is_opd; |
| |
| if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd)); |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| dottga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
| sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| sreloc = NULL; |
| is_opd = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type == sec_opd; |
| rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
| { |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| int tls_type; |
| struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *ppc64_sec; |
| struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| h = NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| h = elf_follow_link (h); |
| |
| if (h == htab->elf.hgot) |
| sec->has_toc_reloc = 1; |
| } |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_D34: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HI30: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_D28: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL28: |
| htab->has_power10_relocs = 1; |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_optrel = 1; |
| ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_optrel = 1; |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| ifunc = NULL; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| h->needs_plt = 1; |
| ifunc = &h->plt.plist; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, |
| abfd, r_symndx); |
| if (isym == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| rel->r_addend, |
| NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); |
| if (ifunc == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| tls_type = 0; |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_TLSGD: |
| case R_PPC64_TLSLD: |
| /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with |
| its parameter symbol. */ |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; |
| else |
| if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| rel->r_addend, |
| NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| return FALSE; |
| sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| goto dogottls; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| goto dogottls; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| goto dogottls; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| dogottls: |
| sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| goto dogot; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| dogot: |
| /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| sec->has_toc_reloc = 1; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16_DS) |
| { |
| htab->do_multi_toc = 1; |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_small_toc_reloc = 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->got == NULL |
| && !create_got_section (abfd, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| for (ent = eh->elf.got.glist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend |
| && ent->owner == abfd |
| && ent->tls_type == tls_type) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| { |
| size_t amt = sizeof (*ent); |
| ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| ent->next = eh->elf.got.glist; |
| ent->addend = rel->r_addend; |
| ent->owner = abfd; |
| ent->tls_type = tls_type; |
| ent->is_indirect = FALSE; |
| ent->got.refcount = 0; |
| eh->elf.got.glist = ent; |
| } |
| ent->got.refcount += 1; |
| eh->tls_mask |= tls_type; |
| } |
| else |
| /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ |
| if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| rel->r_addend, tls_type)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT32: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT64: |
| /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
| plt_list = ifunc; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| h->needs_plt = 1; |
| if (h->root.root.string[0] == '.' |
| && h->root.root.string[1] != '\0') |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->is_func = 1; |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; |
| plt_list = &h->plt.plist; |
| } |
| if (plt_list == NULL) |
| plt_list = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| rel->r_addend, |
| NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); |
| if (!update_plt_info (abfd, plt_list, rel->r_addend)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the |
| relocation if linking a shared object since they are |
| section relative. */ |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| break; |
| |
| /* Nor do these. */ |
| case R_PPC64_REL16: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA: |
| break; |
| |
| /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */ |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL: |
| if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| { |
| if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32]) |
| ppc_howto_init (); |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported " |
| "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"), |
| abfd, sec, rel->r_offset, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| htab->do_multi_toc = 1; |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_small_toc_reloc = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| sec->has_toc_reloc = 1; |
| if (h != NULL && bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| { |
| /* We may need a copy reloc. */ |
| h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc. |
| glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of |
| these relocations is emitted. */ |
| h->needs_copy = 1; |
| goto dodyn; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| /* Marker reloc. */ |
| case R_PPC64_ENTRY: |
| break; |
| |
| /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL14: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| { |
| asection *dest = NULL; |
| |
| /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are |
| we are going to need a stub. */ |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so |
| don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */ |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| dest = h->root.u.def.section; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| |
| isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, |
| abfd, r_symndx); |
| if (isym == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| dest = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| } |
| |
| if (dest != sec) |
| ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_14bit_branch = 1; |
| } |
| goto rel24; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC: |
| ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_pltcall = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL24: |
| case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC: |
| rel24: |
| plt_list = ifunc; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| h->needs_plt = 1; |
| if (h->root.root.string[0] == '.' |
| && h->root.root.string[1] != '\0') |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->is_func = 1; |
| |
| if (h == tga || h == dottga) |
| { |
| sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| if (rel != relocs |
| && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TLSGD |
| || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TLSLD)) |
| /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with |
| a marker reloc. */ |
| ; |
| else |
| /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ |
| sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| } |
| plt_list = &h->plt.plist; |
| } |
| |
| /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc |
| refers to is in a shared lib. */ |
| if (plt_list |
| && !update_plt_info (abfd, plt_list, rel->r_addend)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR24: |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| goto dotlstoc; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| if (rel + 1 < rel_end |
| && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64) |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8) |
| tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| else |
| tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| goto dotlstoc; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL64: |
| tls_type = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| if (rel != relocs |
| && rel[-1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64) |
| && rel[-1].r_offset == rel->r_offset - 8) |
| /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair. |
| Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */ |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| dotlstoc: |
| sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type & 0xff; |
| else |
| if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, |
| rel->r_addend, tls_type)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| ppc64_sec = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec); |
| if (ppc64_sec->sec_type != sec_toc) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */ |
| amt = sec->size * sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned); |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| amt = sec->size * sizeof (bfd_vma) / 8; |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.add = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (ppc64_sec->u.toc.add == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec->sec_type == sec_normal); |
| ppc64_sec->sec_type = sec_toc; |
| } |
| BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset % 8 == 0); |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8] = r_symndx; |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.add[rel->r_offset / 8] = rel->r_addend; |
| |
| /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry. |
| -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */ |
| if (tls_type == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8 + 1] = -1; |
| else if (tls_type == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| ppc64_sec->u.toc.symndx[rel->r_offset / 8 + 1] = -2; |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| if (is_opd |
| && rel + 1 < rel_end |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->is_func = 1; |
| } |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_D34: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HI30: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_D28: |
| if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) && abiversion (abfd) != 1 |
| && rel->r_addend == 0) |
| { |
| /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a |
| function in a shared lib. */ |
| if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; |
| } |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL30: |
| case R_PPC64_REL32: |
| case R_PPC64_REL64: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC: |
| if (h != NULL && bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| /* We may need a copy reloc. */ |
| h->non_got_ref = 1; |
| |
| /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */ |
| if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && is_opd) |
| break; |
| |
| /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
| against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
| against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
| into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
| -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
| global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
| including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
| this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
| possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
| later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, |
| DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in |
| a shared library. We account for that possibility below by |
| storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash |
| table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating |
| shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the |
| symbol local. |
| |
| If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
| may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
| dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
| symbol. */ |
| dodyn: |
| if ((h != NULL |
| && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| || !h->def_regular)) |
| || (h != NULL |
| && !bfd_link_executable (info) |
| && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) |
| || (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && ifunc != NULL)) |
| { |
| /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file. |
| Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for |
| this reloc. */ |
| if (sreloc == NULL) |
| { |
| sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
| (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 3, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
| |
| if (sreloc == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
| relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs **head; |
| |
| head = &h->dyn_relocs; |
| p = *head; |
| if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
| { |
| p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| p->next = *head; |
| *head = p; |
| p->sec = sec; |
| p->count = 0; |
| p->pc_count = 0; |
| } |
| p->count += 1; |
| if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) |
| p->pc_count += 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. |
| We really need local syms available to do this |
| easily. Oh well. */ |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs **head; |
| bfd_boolean is_ifunc; |
| asection *s; |
| void *vpp; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| |
| isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, |
| abfd, r_symndx); |
| if (isym == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| s = sec; |
| |
| vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
| head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; |
| is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| p = *head; |
| if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) |
| p = p->next; |
| if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) |
| { |
| p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| p->next = *head; |
| *head = p; |
| p->sec = sec; |
| p->ifunc = is_ifunc; |
| p->count = 0; |
| } |
| p->count += 1; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output |
| object file when linking. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; |
| unsigned long iflags, oflags; |
| |
| if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| iflags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| oflags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; |
| |
| if (iflags & ~EF_PPC64_ABI) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd, iflags); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| else if (iflags != oflags && iflags != 0) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"), |
| ibfd, iflags, oflags); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr) |
| { |
| /* Print normal ELF private data. */ |
| _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); |
| |
| if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags != 0) |
| { |
| FILE *file = ptr; |
| |
| fprintf (file, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"), |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); |
| |
| if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI) != 0) |
| fprintf (file, _(" [abiv%ld]"), |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC64_ABI); |
| fputc ('\n', file); |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address |
| of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same |
| object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */ |
| |
| static bfd_vma |
| opd_entry_value (asection *opd_sec, |
| bfd_vma offset, |
| asection **code_sec, |
| bfd_vma *code_off, |
| bfd_boolean in_code_sec) |
| { |
| bfd *opd_bfd = opd_sec->owner; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi, *look; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking |
| at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */ |
| if (opd_sec->reloc_count == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *contents = ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.contents; |
| |
| if (contents == NULL) |
| { |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd, opd_sec, &contents)) |
| return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.contents = contents; |
| } |
| |
| /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */ |
| if (offset + 7 >= opd_sec->size || offset + 7 < offset) |
| return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| |
| val = bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd, contents + offset); |
| if (code_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *sec, *likely = NULL; |
| |
| if (in_code_sec) |
| { |
| sec = *code_sec; |
| if (sec->vma <= val |
| && val < sec->vma + sec->size) |
| likely = sec; |
| else |
| val = -1; |
| } |
| else |
| for (sec = opd_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| if (sec->vma <= val |
| && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| likely = sec; |
| if (likely != NULL) |
| { |
| *code_sec = likely; |
| if (code_off != NULL) |
| *code_off = val - likely->vma; |
| } |
| } |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd)); |
| |
| relocs = ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd)->opd.relocs; |
| if (relocs == NULL) |
| relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd, opd_sec, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
| /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */ |
| if (relocs == NULL) |
| return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| |
| /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */ |
| lo = relocs; |
| hi = lo + opd_sec->reloc_count - 1; /* ignore last reloc */ |
| val = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| look = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; |
| if (look->r_offset < offset) |
| lo = look + 1; |
| else if (look->r_offset > offset) |
| hi = look; |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd); |
| |
| if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look->r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look + 1)->r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| unsigned long symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (look->r_info); |
| asection *sec = NULL; |
| |
| if (symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info |
| && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd) != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *rh; |
| |
| sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd); |
| rh = sym_hashes[symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| if (rh != NULL) |
| { |
| rh = elf_follow_link (rh); |
| if (rh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && rh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| break; |
| if (rh->root.u.def.section->owner == opd_bfd) |
| { |
| val = rh->root.u.def.value; |
| sec = rh->root.u.def.section; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (sec == NULL) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| |
| if (symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| { |
| sym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| if (sym == NULL) |
| { |
| size_t symcnt = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| sym = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
| symcnt, 0, |
| NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| if (sym == NULL) |
| break; |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (bfd_byte *) sym; |
| } |
| sym += symndx; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| sym = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
| 1, symndx, |
| NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| if (sym == NULL) |
| break; |
| } |
| sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd, sym->st_shndx); |
| if (sec == NULL) |
| break; |
| BFD_ASSERT ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) == 0); |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| } |
| |
| val += look->r_addend; |
| if (code_off != NULL) |
| *code_off = val; |
| if (code_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| if (in_code_sec && *code_sec != sec) |
| return -1; |
| else |
| *code_sec = sec; |
| } |
| if (sec->output_section != NULL) |
| val += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return val; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the |
| function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, |
| otherwise return zero. */ |
| |
| static bfd_size_type |
| ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, |
| bfd_vma *code_off) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type size; |
| |
| if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT |
| | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| size = 0; |
| if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) |
| size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| |
| if (strcmp (sym->section->name, ".opd") == 0) |
| { |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd = get_opd_info (sym->section); |
| bfd_vma symval = sym->value; |
| |
| if (opd != NULL |
| && opd->adjust != NULL |
| && elf_section_data (sym->section)->relocs != NULL) |
| { |
| /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been |
| adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local |
| and global symbols need adjusting. */ |
| long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (symval)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| return 0; |
| symval += adjust; |
| } |
| |
| if (opd_entry_value (sym->section, symval, |
| &sec, code_off, TRUE) == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| return 0; |
| /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd |
| symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the |
| function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the |
| code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym. |
| However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly |
| since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway. |
| Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any |
| function sym found at the code address of interest, so return |
| 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size |
| for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong |
| size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is |
| disable caching for such functions. */ |
| if (size == 24) |
| size = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (sym->section != sec) |
| return 0; |
| *code_off = sym->value; |
| } |
| if (size == 0) |
| size = 1; |
| return size; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2 |
| object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry |
| point coincides with its global entry point. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return (h != NULL |
| && h->type == STT_FUNC |
| && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK & h->other) == 0 |
| && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->non_zero_localentry |
| && is_ppc64_elf (h->root.u.def.section->owner) |
| && abiversion (h->root.u.def.section->owner) >= 2); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| && h->root.u.def.section != NULL |
| && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code |
| entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh) |
| { |
| if (fdh->is_func_descriptor) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = ppc_follow_link (fdh->oh); |
| if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| return fh; |
| } |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated |
| function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */ |
| |
| static struct ppc_link_hash_entry * |
| defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh) |
| { |
| if (fh->oh != NULL |
| && fh->oh->is_func_descriptor) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = ppc_follow_link (fh->oh); |
| if (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| return fdh; |
| } |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the |
| value in the output file. */ |
| |
| static bfd_vma |
| defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset |
| + h->root.u.def.value); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| return (h == elf_hash_entry (htab->tls_get_addr_fd) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (htab->tga_desc_fd) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (htab->tls_get_addr) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (htab->tga_desc)); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *); |
| |
| /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab != NULL && htab->need_func_desc_adj) |
| { |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, func_desc_adjust, info); |
| htab->need_func_desc_adj = 0; |
| } |
| return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd, info); |
| } |
| |
| /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */ |
| |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| struct bfd_sym_chain *sym; |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return; |
| |
| for (sym = info->gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, *fh; |
| asection *sec; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, sym->name, |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)); |
| if (eh == NULL) |
| continue; |
| if (eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| continue; |
| |
| fh = defined_code_entry (eh); |
| if (fh != NULL) |
| { |
| sec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| } |
| else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL |
| && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section, |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value, |
| &sec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| |
| sec = eh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When |
| building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is |
| referenced. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d = info->dynamic_list; |
| |
| /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */ |
| fdh = defined_func_desc (eh); |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| eh = fdh; |
| |
| if ((eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || eh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| && ((eh->elf.ref_dynamic && !eh->elf.forced_local) |
| || ((eh->elf.def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh->elf)) |
| && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) != STV_INTERNAL |
| && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) != STV_HIDDEN |
| && (!bfd_link_executable (info) |
| || info->gc_keep_exported |
| || info->export_dynamic |
| || (eh->elf.dynamic |
| && d != NULL |
| && (*d->match) (&d->head, NULL, |
| eh->elf.root.root.string))) |
| && (eh->elf.versioned >= versioned |
| || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info->version_info, |
| eh->elf.root.root.string))))) |
| { |
| asection *code_sec; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh; |
| |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| |
| /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated |
| function code sym section to be marked. */ |
| fh = defined_code_entry (eh); |
| if (fh != NULL) |
| { |
| code_sec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| code_sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| } |
| else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL |
| && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section, |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value, |
| &code_sec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| code_sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| relocation. */ |
| |
| static asection * |
| ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| { |
| asection *rsec; |
| |
| /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all |
| function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */ |
| rsec = NULL; |
| if (get_opd_info (sec) != NULL) |
| return rsec; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh, *fh, *fdh; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| switch (h->root.type) |
| { |
| case bfd_link_hash_defined: |
| case bfd_link_hash_defweak: |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| fdh = defined_func_desc (eh); |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on |
| a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too |
| against garbage collection. */ |
| fdh->elf.mark = 1; |
| if (fdh->elf.is_weakalias) |
| weakdef (&fdh->elf)->mark = 1; |
| eh = fdh; |
| } |
| |
| /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated |
| function code sym section to be marked. */ |
| fh = defined_code_entry (eh); |
| if (fh != NULL) |
| { |
| /* They also mark their opd section. */ |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.section->gc_mark = 1; |
| |
| rsec = fh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| } |
| else if (get_opd_info (eh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL |
| && opd_entry_value (eh->elf.root.u.def.section, |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value, |
| &rsec, NULL, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.section->gc_mark = 1; |
| else |
| rsec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| break; |
| |
| case bfd_link_hash_common: |
| rsec = h->root.u.c.p->section; |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| |
| rsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx); |
| opd = get_opd_info (rsec); |
| if (opd != NULL && opd->func_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| rsec->gc_mark = 1; |
| |
| rsec = opd->func_sec[OPD_NDX (sym->st_value + rel->r_addend)]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return rsec; |
| } |
| |
| /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */ |
| #define SFPR_MAX (218*4) |
| |
| struct sfpr_def_parms |
| { |
| const char name[12]; |
| unsigned char lo, hi; |
| bfd_byte *(*write_ent) (bfd *, bfd_byte *, int); |
| bfd_byte *(*write_tail) (bfd *, bfd_byte *, int); |
| }; |
| |
| /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr. |
| If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC |
| instead. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| const struct sfpr_def_parms *parm, |
| asection *stub_sec) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| unsigned int i; |
| size_t len = strlen (parm->name); |
| bfd_boolean writing = FALSE; |
| char sym[16]; |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| memcpy (sym, parm->name, len); |
| sym[len + 2] = 0; |
| |
| for (i = parm->lo; i <= parm->hi; i++) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h; |
| |
| sym[len + 0] = i / 10 + '0'; |
| sym[len + 1] = i % 10 + '0'; |
| h = ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, sym, |
| writing, TRUE, TRUE)); |
| if (stub_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && h->elf.root.u.def.section == htab->sfpr) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *s; |
| char buf[32]; |
| sprintf (buf, "%08x.%s", stub_sec->id & 0xffffffff, sym); |
| s = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, buf, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (s->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| { |
| s->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| s->root.u.def.section = stub_sec; |
| s->root.u.def.value = (stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size |
| + h->elf.root.u.def.value); |
| s->ref_regular = 1; |
| s->def_regular = 1; |
| s->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| s->forced_local = 1; |
| s->non_elf = 0; |
| s->root.linker_def = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| h->save_res = 1; |
| if (!h->elf.def_regular) |
| { |
| h->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| h->elf.root.u.def.section = htab->sfpr; |
| h->elf.root.u.def.value = htab->sfpr->size; |
| h->elf.type = STT_FUNC; |
| h->elf.def_regular = 1; |
| h->elf.non_elf = 0; |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->elf, TRUE); |
| writing = TRUE; |
| if (htab->sfpr->contents == NULL) |
| { |
| htab->sfpr->contents |
| = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, SFPR_MAX); |
| if (htab->sfpr->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (writing) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p = htab->sfpr->contents + htab->sfpr->size; |
| if (i != parm->hi) |
| p = (*parm->write_ent) (htab->elf.dynobj, p, i); |
| else |
| p = (*parm->write_tail) (htab->elf.dynobj, p, i); |
| htab->sfpr->size = p - htab->sfpr->contents; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savegpr0 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savegpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = savegpr0 (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restgpr0 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restgpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R0, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| if (r == 29) |
| { |
| p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, 30); |
| p = restgpr0 (abfd, p, 31); |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savegpr1 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R12 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savegpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = savegpr1 (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restgpr1 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R12 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restgpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = restgpr1 (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savefpr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STFD_FR0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savefpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = savefpr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restfpr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LFD_FR0_0R1 + (r << 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 8, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restfpr0_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R0_0R1 + STK_LR, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| p = restfpr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R0, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| if (r == 29) |
| { |
| p = restfpr (abfd, p, 30); |
| p = restfpr (abfd, p, 31); |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savefpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = savefpr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restfpr1_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = restfpr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savevr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 16, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, STVX_VR0_R12_R0 + (r << 21), p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| savevr_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = savevr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restvr (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + (1 << 16) - (32 - r) * 16, p); |
| p = p + 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LVX_VR0_R12_R0 + (r << 21), p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| restvr_tail (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, int r) |
| { |
| p = restvr (abfd, p, r); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BLR, p); |
| return p + 4; |
| } |
| |
| #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001 |
| #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000 |
| |
| /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to |
| __tls_get_addr_opt. */ |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd *obfd, bfd_byte *p, struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MFLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R0_0R1 + 16, p); |
| p += 4; |
| |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, |
| STD_R0_0R1 | i << 21 | (-(13 - i) * 8 & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STDU_R1_0R1 | (-128 & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, |
| STD_R0_0R1 | i << 21 | (-(12 - i) * 8 & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STDU_R1_0R1 | (-96 & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to |
| __tls_get_addr_opt. */ |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd *obfd, bfd_byte *p, struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R0_0R1 | i << 21 | (128 - (13 - i) * 8), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R1_R1 | 128, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R0_0R1 | i << 21 | (96 - (12 - i) * 8), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R1_R1 | 96, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R0_0R1 | 16, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BLR, p); |
| p += 4; |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking |
| information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding |
| function descriptor symbol entries. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| bfd_boolean force_local; |
| |
| fh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!fh->is_func) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (fh->elf.root.root.string[0] != '.' |
| || fh->elf.root.root.string[1] == '\0') |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| info = inf; |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */ |
| fdh = lookup_fdh (fh, htab); |
| |
| /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value |
| in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object. |
| This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions |
| in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */ |
| if ((fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| && (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| && get_opd_info (fdh->elf.root.u.def.section) != NULL |
| && opd_entry_value (fdh->elf.root.u.def.section, |
| fdh->elf.root.u.def.value, |
| &fh->elf.root.u.def.section, |
| &fh->elf.root.u.def.value, FALSE) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| fh->elf.root.type = fdh->elf.root.type; |
| fh->elf.forced_local = 1; |
| fh->elf.def_regular = fdh->elf.def_regular; |
| fh->elf.def_dynamic = fdh->elf.def_dynamic; |
| } |
| |
| if (!fh->elf.dynamic) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = fh->elf.plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */ |
| if (fdh == NULL |
| && !bfd_link_executable (info) |
| && (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
| { |
| fdh = make_fdh (info, fh); |
| if (fdh == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */ |
| if (fdh != NULL |
| && fdh->fake |
| && (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fdh->elf, TRUE); |
| |
| /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */ |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| fdh->elf.ref_regular |= fh->elf.ref_regular; |
| fdh->elf.ref_dynamic |= fh->elf.ref_dynamic; |
| fdh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= fh->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; |
| fdh->elf.non_got_ref |= fh->elf.non_got_ref; |
| fdh->elf.dynamic |= fh->elf.dynamic; |
| fdh->elf.needs_plt |= (fh->elf.needs_plt |
| || fh->elf.type == STT_FUNC |
| || fh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); |
| move_plt_plist (fh, fdh); |
| |
| if (!fdh->elf.forced_local |
| && fh->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &fdh->elf)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the |
| function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we |
| don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local. |
| This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have |
| been imported from another library. Function code syms that |
| are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the |
| linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */ |
| force_local = (!fh->elf.def_regular |
| || fdh == NULL |
| || !fdh->elf.def_regular |
| || fdh->elf.forced_local); |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fh->elf, force_local); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs[] = |
| { |
| { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0, savegpr0_tail }, |
| { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0, restgpr0_tail }, |
| { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0, restgpr0_tail }, |
| { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1, savegpr1_tail }, |
| { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1, restgpr1_tail }, |
| { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr, savefpr0_tail }, |
| { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr, restfpr0_tail }, |
| { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr, restfpr0_tail }, |
| { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr, savefpr1_tail }, |
| { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr, restfpr1_tail }, |
| { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr, savevr_tail }, |
| { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr, restvr_tail } |
| }; |
| |
| /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use |
| this hook to a) run the edit functions in this file, b) provide |
| some gcc support functions, and c) transfer dynamic linking |
| information gathered so far on function code symbol entries, to |
| their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_edit (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Call back into the linker, which then runs the edit functions. */ |
| htab->params->edit (); |
| |
| /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */ |
| if (htab->sfpr != NULL) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| htab->sfpr->size = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs); i++) |
| if (!sfpr_define (info, &save_res_funcs[i], NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (htab->sfpr->size == 0) |
| htab->sfpr->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| } |
| |
| if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, htab->elf.hgot, TRUE); |
| /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic. |
| The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */ |
| if (!htab->elf.hgot->def_regular |
| || htab->elf.hgot->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| { |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = 0; |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| htab->elf.hgot->def_regular = 1; |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.linker_def = 1; |
| } |
| htab->elf.hgot->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| htab->elf.hgot->other |
| = (htab->elf.hgot->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->need_func_desc_adj) |
| { |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, func_desc_adjust, info); |
| htab->need_func_desc_adj = 0; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak |
| aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after |
| size_dynamic_sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| do |
| { |
| if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) |
| return TRUE; |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); |
| } |
| while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| |
| for (p = eh->elf.dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| if (p->pc_count != 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid |
| for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *pent; |
| |
| if (!h->pointer_equality_needed |
| || h->def_regular) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next) |
| if (pent->plt.refcount > 0 |
| && pent->addend == 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| understand. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| asection *s, *srel; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Deal with function syms. */ |
| if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || h->needs_plt) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean local = (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->save_res |
| || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
| || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); |
| /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a |
| function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic |
| relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a |
| plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call |
| stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol |
| is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at |
| run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The |
| dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static |
| executable. */ |
| if (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| && local) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| |
| /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that |
| won't need a .plt entry. */ |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL |
| || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| && local |
| && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |
| & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) |
| { |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| h->needs_plt = 0; |
| h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; |
| } |
| else if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) >= 2) |
| { |
| /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section |
| doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the |
| executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can |
| be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic |
| relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a |
| few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes |
| extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */ |
| if (global_entry_stub (h)) |
| { |
| if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) |
| { |
| h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; |
| /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol |
| isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ |
| if (!h->needs_plt) |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| } |
| else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the |
| plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (!h->needs_plt |
| && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) |
| { |
| /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an |
| ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| |
| /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| if (h->is_weakalias) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); |
| BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); |
| h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; |
| h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; |
| if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
| only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
| For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
| be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
| if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
| GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ |
| if (!h->non_got_ref) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */ |
| if (!h->def_dynamic || !h->ref_regular || h->def_regular |
| |
| /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */ |
| || info->nocopyreloc |
| |
| /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then |
| we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */ |
| || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS |
| && !h->needs_copy |
| && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) |
| |
| /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in |
| .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected |
| definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable |
| to an incorrect program. */ |
| || h->protected_def) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
| || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have |
| ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not |
| use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text |
| size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor. |
| That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */ |
| if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->oh == NULL |
| || !(h->size == 24 || h->size == 16)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old |
| versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the |
| ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and |
| suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but |
| warn that this might break at runtime. */ |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; " |
| "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"), |
| h->root.root.string); |
| } |
| |
| /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| is not a function. */ |
| |
| /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
| become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
| an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
| object will contain position independent code, so all references |
| from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
| offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
| determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
| both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
| same memory location for the variable. */ |
| if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| { |
| s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; |
| srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| s = htab->elf.sdynbss; |
| srel = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| } |
| if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
| { |
| /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic |
| linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object |
| and into the runtime process image. */ |
| srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| h->needs_copy = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); |
| } |
| |
| /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code |
| sym and the descriptor. */ |
| static void |
| ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| bfd_boolean force_local) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local); |
| |
| if (ppc_hash_table (info) == NULL) |
| return; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| if (eh->is_func_descriptor) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = eh->oh; |
| |
| if (fh == NULL) |
| { |
| const char *p, *q; |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| char save; |
| |
| /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on |
| systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty |
| calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash |
| when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a |
| return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an |
| error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely |
| accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table, |
| or allocated in an objalloc structure. */ |
| |
| p = eh->elf.root.root.string - 1; |
| save = *p; |
| *(char *) p = '.'; |
| fh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, p, FALSE, |
| FALSE, FALSE)); |
| *(char *) p = save; |
| |
| /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were |
| looking for was allocated immediately before this string, |
| then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only |
| reason the lookup should fail. */ |
| if (fh == NULL) |
| { |
| q = eh->elf.root.root.string + strlen (eh->elf.root.root.string); |
| while (q >= eh->elf.root.root.string && *q == *p) |
| --q, --p; |
| if (q < eh->elf.root.root.string && *p == '.') |
| fh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, p, FALSE, |
| FALSE, FALSE)); |
| } |
| if (fh != NULL) |
| { |
| eh->oh = fh; |
| fh->oh = eh; |
| } |
| } |
| if (fh != NULL) |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &fh->elf, force_local); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, |
| asection **symsecp, |
| unsigned char **tls_maskp, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, |
| unsigned long r_symndx, |
| bfd *ibfd) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| |
| if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| |
| h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| h = elf_follow_link (h); |
| |
| if (hp != NULL) |
| *hp = h; |
| |
| if (symp != NULL) |
| *symp = NULL; |
| |
| if (symsecp != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *symsec = NULL; |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| symsec = h->root.u.def.section; |
| *symsecp = symsec; |
| } |
| |
| if (tls_maskp != NULL) |
| *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; |
| |
| if (locsyms == NULL) |
| { |
| locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
| if (locsyms == NULL) |
| locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, |
| symtab_hdr->sh_info, |
| 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| if (locsyms == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| *locsymsp = locsyms; |
| } |
| sym = locsyms + r_symndx; |
| |
| if (hp != NULL) |
| *hp = NULL; |
| |
| if (symp != NULL) |
| *symp = sym; |
| |
| if (symsecp != NULL) |
| *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); |
| |
| if (tls_maskp != NULL) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **lgot_ents; |
| unsigned char *tls_mask; |
| |
| tls_mask = NULL; |
| lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd); |
| if (lgot_ents != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| (lgot_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) |
| (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; |
| } |
| *tls_maskp = tls_mask; |
| } |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on |
| error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD |
| type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */ |
| |
| static int |
| get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp, |
| unsigned long *toc_symndx, |
| bfd_vma *toc_addend, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| bfd *ibfd) |
| { |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| int next_r; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sec; |
| bfd_vma off; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sec, tls_maskp, locsymsp, r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if ((*tls_maskp != NULL |
| && (**tls_maskp & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && **tls_maskp != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| || sec == NULL |
| || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec) == NULL |
| || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->sec_type != sec_toc) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* Look inside a TOC section too. */ |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); |
| off = h->root.u.def.value; |
| } |
| else |
| off = sym->st_value; |
| off += rel->r_addend; |
| BFD_ASSERT (off % 8 == 0); |
| r_symndx = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.symndx[off / 8]; |
| next_r = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.symndx[off / 8 + 1]; |
| if (toc_symndx != NULL) |
| *toc_symndx = r_symndx; |
| if (toc_addend != NULL) |
| *toc_addend = ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.toc.add[off / 8]; |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sec, tls_maskp, locsymsp, r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| return 0; |
| if ((h == NULL || is_static_defined (h)) |
| && (next_r == -1 || next_r == -2)) |
| return 1 - next_r; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */ |
| |
| static struct tocsave_entry * |
| tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| enum insert_option insert, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **local_syms, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *irela, |
| bfd *ibfd) |
| { |
| unsigned long r_indx; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| struct tocsave_entry ent, *p; |
| hashval_t hash; |
| struct tocsave_entry **slot; |
| |
| r_indx = ELF64_R_SYM (irela->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &ent.sec, NULL, local_syms, r_indx, ibfd)) |
| return NULL; |
| if (ent.sec == NULL || ent.sec->output_section == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ent.offset = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| ent.offset = sym->st_value; |
| ent.offset += irela->r_addend; |
| |
| hash = tocsave_htab_hash (&ent); |
| slot = ((struct tocsave_entry **) |
| htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab->tocsave_htab, &ent, hash, insert)); |
| if (slot == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (*slot == NULL) |
| { |
| p = (struct tocsave_entry *) bfd_alloc (ibfd, sizeof (*p)); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| *p = ent; |
| *slot = p; |
| } |
| return *slot; |
| } |
| |
| /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated |
| code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| if (eh->adjust_done) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| sym_sec = eh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec); |
| if (opd != NULL && opd->adjust != NULL) |
| { |
| long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (eh->elf.root.u.def.value)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| { |
| /* This entry has been deleted. */ |
| asection *dsec = ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec->owner)->deleted_section; |
| if (dsec == NULL) |
| { |
| for (dsec = sym_sec->owner->sections; dsec; dsec = dsec->next) |
| if (discarded_section (dsec)) |
| { |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec->owner)->deleted_section = dsec; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value = 0; |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.section = dsec; |
| } |
| else |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value += adjust; |
| eh->adjust_done = 1; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by |
| R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM |
| have already been determined. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info, |
| asection *sec, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **local_syms, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| asection *sym_sec = NULL; |
| |
| /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here |
| should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */ |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| if (h == NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL64: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_REL30: |
| case R_PPC64_REL32: |
| case R_PPC64_REL64: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR24: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC: |
| case R_PPC64_D34: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HI30: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_D28: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL) |
| { |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| bfd *ibfd = sec->owner; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, local_syms, r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if ((h != NULL |
| && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| || !h->def_regular)) |
| || (h != NULL |
| && !bfd_link_executable (info) |
| && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)) |
| || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) |
| || (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && (h != NULL |
| ? h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC))) |
| ; |
| else |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| pp = &h->dyn_relocs; |
| |
| /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated |
| with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are |
| changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't |
| report a dynreloc miscount. */ |
| if (*pp == NULL && info->gc_sections) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| while ((p = *pp) != NULL) |
| { |
| if (p->sec == sec) |
| { |
| if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) |
| p->pc_count -= 1; |
| p->count -= 1; |
| if (p->count == 0) |
| *pp = p->next; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| pp = &p->next; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs **pp; |
| void *vpp; |
| bfd_boolean is_ifunc; |
| |
| if (local_syms == NULL) |
| sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx); |
| if (sym_sec == NULL) |
| sym_sec = sec; |
| |
| vpp = &elf_section_data (sym_sec)->local_dynrel; |
| pp = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; |
| |
| if (*pp == NULL && info->gc_sections) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
| while ((p = *pp) != NULL) |
| { |
| if (p->sec == sec && p->ifunc == is_ifunc) |
| { |
| p->count -= 1; |
| if (p->count == 0) |
| *pp = p->next; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| pp = &p->next; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"), |
| sec->owner, sec); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we |
| only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once |
| sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It |
| would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked |
| applications. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| bfd_boolean some_edited = FALSE; |
| asection *need_pad = NULL; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| asection *sec; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| bfd_boolean need_edit, add_aux_fields, broken; |
| bfd_size_type cnt_16b = 0; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".opd"); |
| if (sec == NULL || sec->size == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Look through the section relocs. */ |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 || sec->reloc_count == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| local_syms = NULL; |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| |
| /* Read the relocations. */ |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to |
| determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */ |
| need_edit = FALSE; |
| broken = FALSE; |
| need_pad = sec; |
| relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| bfd_vma offset; |
| |
| /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're |
| only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry |
| point. */ |
| offset = rel->r_offset; |
| if (rel + 1 == relend |
| || rel[1].r_offset != offset + 8) |
| { |
| /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a |
| "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd. |
| Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting |
| something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd |
| optimization for them! */ |
| broken_opd: |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd); |
| broken = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if ((r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| || (r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel + 1)->r_info)) != R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"), |
| ibfd, r_type); |
| broken = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| if (sym_sec == NULL || sym_sec->owner == NULL) |
| { |
| const char *sym_name; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| sym_name = h->root.root.string; |
| else |
| sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd, symtab_hdr, sym, |
| sym_sec); |
| |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"), |
| ibfd, sym_name); |
| broken = TRUE; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the |
| current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the |
| input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this |
| bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another |
| bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are |
| discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/, |
| which we test for via the output_section. */ |
| if (sym_sec->owner != ibfd |
| || sym_sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| need_edit = TRUE; |
| |
| rel += 2; |
| if (rel + 1 == relend |
| || (rel + 2 < relend |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[2].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC)) |
| ++rel; |
| |
| if (rel == relend) |
| { |
| if (sec->size == offset + 24) |
| { |
| need_pad = NULL; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (sec->size == offset + 16) |
| { |
| cnt_16b++; |
| break; |
| } |
| goto broken_opd; |
| } |
| else if (rel + 1 < relend |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[0].r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| if (rel[0].r_offset == offset + 16) |
| cnt_16b++; |
| else if (rel[0].r_offset != offset + 24) |
| goto broken_opd; |
| } |
| else |
| goto broken_opd; |
| } |
| |
| add_aux_fields = htab->params->non_overlapping_opd && cnt_16b > 0; |
| |
| if (!broken && (need_edit || add_aux_fields)) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *write_rel; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| bfd_byte *rptr, *wptr; |
| bfd_byte *new_contents; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| new_contents = NULL; |
| amt = OPD_NDX (sec->size) * sizeof (long); |
| opd = &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->u.opd; |
| opd->adjust = bfd_zalloc (sec->owner, amt); |
| if (opd->adjust == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all |
| zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason |
| this will always be so. We might start putting something in |
| the third word of .opd entries. */ |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd, sec, &loc)) |
| { |
| free (loc); |
| error_ret: |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| sec->contents = loc; |
| sec->flags |= (SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| } |
| |
| elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart; |
| |
| new_contents = sec->contents; |
| if (add_aux_fields) |
| { |
| new_contents = bfd_malloc (sec->size + cnt_16b * 8); |
| if (new_contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| need_pad = NULL; |
| } |
| wptr = new_contents; |
| rptr = sec->contents; |
| write_rel = relstart; |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) |
| { |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = NULL; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| long opd_ent_size; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *next_rel; |
| bfd_boolean skip; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| next_rel = rel + 2; |
| if (next_rel + 1 == relend |
| || (next_rel + 2 < relend |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel[2].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOC)) |
| ++next_rel; |
| |
| /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or |
| 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next |
| fd_func). */ |
| opd_ent_size = 24; |
| if (next_rel == relend) |
| { |
| if (sec->size == rel->r_offset + 16) |
| opd_ent_size = 16; |
| } |
| else if (next_rel->r_offset == rel->r_offset + 16) |
| opd_ent_size = 16; |
| |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->root.root.string[0] == '.') |
| { |
| fdh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->oh; |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| fdh = ppc_follow_link (fdh); |
| if (fdh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && fdh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| fdh = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| skip = (sym_sec->owner != ibfd |
| || sym_sec->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr); |
| if (skip) |
| { |
| if (fdh != NULL && sym_sec->owner == ibfd) |
| { |
| /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym |
| to be dropped. */ |
| fdh->elf.root.u.def.value = 0; |
| fdh->elf.root.u.def.section = sym_sec; |
| } |
| opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = -1; |
| |
| if (NO_OPD_RELOCS || bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| rel = next_rel; |
| else |
| while (1) |
| { |
| if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, sec, info, |
| NULL, h, sym)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| if (++rel == next_rel) |
| break; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */ |
| long adjust; |
| |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to |
| this location in the opd section. It is |
| necessary to update the value here rather |
| than using an array of adjustments as we do |
| for local symbols, because various places |
| in the generic ELF code use the value |
| stored in u.def.value. */ |
| fdh->elf.root.u.def.value = wptr - new_contents; |
| fdh->adjust_done = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could |
| tweak them as they can be cached, but |
| we'd need to look through the local syms |
| for the function descriptor sym which we |
| don't have at the moment. So keep an |
| array of adjustments. */ |
| adjust = (wptr - new_contents) - (rptr - sec->contents); |
| opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (rel->r_offset)] = adjust; |
| |
| if (wptr != rptr) |
| memcpy (wptr, rptr, opd_ent_size); |
| wptr += opd_ent_size; |
| if (add_aux_fields && opd_ent_size == 16) |
| { |
| memset (wptr, '\0', 8); |
| wptr += 8; |
| } |
| |
| /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the |
| new opd entries. */ |
| for ( ; rel != next_rel; ++rel) |
| { |
| rel->r_offset += adjust; |
| if (write_rel != rel) |
| memcpy (write_rel, rel, sizeof (*rel)); |
| ++write_rel; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| rptr += opd_ent_size; |
| } |
| |
| sec->size = wptr - new_contents; |
| sec->reloc_count = write_rel - relstart; |
| if (add_aux_fields) |
| { |
| free (sec->contents); |
| sec->contents = new_contents; |
| } |
| |
| /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in |
| elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */ |
| rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec); |
| rel_hdr->sh_size = sec->reloc_count * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| some_edited = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (some_edited) |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), adjust_opd_syms, NULL); |
| |
| /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte |
| long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */ |
| if (need_pad != NULL && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p; |
| |
| if ((need_pad->flags & SEC_IN_MEMORY) == 0) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (need_pad->size > 0); |
| |
| p = bfd_malloc (need_pad->size + 8); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad->owner, need_pad, |
| p, 0, need_pad->size)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| need_pad->contents = p; |
| need_pad->flags |= (SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| p = bfd_realloc (need_pad->contents, need_pad->size + 8); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| need_pad->contents = p; |
| } |
| |
| memset (need_pad->contents + need_pad->size, 0, 8); |
| need_pad->size += 8; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally |
| defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| asection *sec; |
| bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is |
| reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added |
| between the call and its destination. */ |
| if (htab->params->group_size < 0) |
| { |
| limit = -htab->params->group_size; |
| if (limit == 1) |
| limit = 0x1e00000; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| limit = htab->params->group_size; |
| if (limit == 1) |
| limit = 0x1c00000; |
| } |
| |
| low_vma = -1; |
| high_vma = 0; |
| for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) |
| { |
| if (low_vma > sec->vma) |
| low_vma = sec->vma; |
| if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) |
| high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; |
| } |
| |
| /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can |
| convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol |
| is local. */ |
| if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) |
| { |
| htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct |
| call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable |
| the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that |
| this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this |
| will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a |
| particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The |
| difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the |
| linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a |
| particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct |
| call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in |
| the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs |
| together except their symbol. */ |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| local_syms = NULL; |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_pltcall |
| && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; |
| |
| /* Read the relocations. */ |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| unsigned char *tls_maskp; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC) |
| continue; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| { |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents != (bfd_byte *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_vma from, to; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| to = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| to = sym->st_value; |
| to += (rel->r_addend |
| + sym_sec->output_offset |
| + sym_sec->output_section->vma); |
| from = (rel->r_offset |
| + sec->output_offset |
| + sec->output_section->vma); |
| if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit |
| && !(r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC |
| && (((h ? h->other : sym->st_other) |
| & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) |
| > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT))) |
| *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; |
| } |
| } |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and various other info specific to TLS. |
| This needs to run before dynamic symbols are processed in |
| bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga, *tga_fd, *desc, *desc_fd; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (abiversion (info->output_bfd) == 1) |
| htab->opd_abi = 1; |
| |
| if (htab->params->no_multi_toc) |
| htab->do_multi_toc = 0; |
| else if (!htab->do_multi_toc) |
| htab->params->no_multi_toc = 1; |
| |
| /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems |
| with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and |
| libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback |
| implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more |
| work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy |
| is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is |
| localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8. |
| An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary |
| libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not |
| running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so |
| fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there |
| are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the |
| pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where |
| --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */ |
| if (htab->params->plt_localentry0 < 0) |
| htab->params->plt_localentry0 = 0; |
| if (htab->params->plt_localentry0 && htab->has_power10_relocs) |
| { |
| /* The issue is that __glink_PLTresolve saves r2, which is done |
| because glibc ld.so _dl_runtime_resolve restores r2 to support |
| a glibc plt call optimisation where global entry code is |
| skipped on calls that resolve to the same binary. The |
| __glink_PLTresolve save of r2 is incompatible with code |
| making tail calls, because the tail call might go via the |
| resolver and thus overwrite the proper saved r2. */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --plt-localentry is incompatible with " |
| "power10 pc-relative code")); |
| htab->params->plt_localentry0 = 0; |
| } |
| if (htab->params->plt_localentry0 |
| && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "GLIBC_2.26", |
| FALSE, FALSE, FALSE) == NULL) |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without " |
| "ld.so support to detect ABI violations")); |
| |
| tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| htab->tls_get_addr = ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga); |
| |
| /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */ |
| if (tga != NULL) |
| func_desc_adjust (tga, info); |
| tga_fd = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd = ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd); |
| |
| desc = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr_desc", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| htab->tga_desc = ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc); |
| if (desc != NULL) |
| func_desc_adjust (desc, info); |
| desc_fd = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_desc", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| htab->tga_desc_fd = ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd); |
| |
| if (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *opt_fd; |
| |
| opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, ".__tls_get_addr_opt", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| if (opt != NULL) |
| func_desc_adjust (opt, info); |
| opt_fd = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| if (opt_fd != NULL |
| && (opt_fd->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || opt_fd->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| { |
| /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, |
| signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll |
| be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then |
| make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ |
| if (!(htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && tga_fd != NULL |
| && (tga_fd->type == STT_FUNC |
| || tga_fd->needs_plt) |
| && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga_fd) |
| || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga_fd)))) |
| tga_fd = NULL; |
| if (!(htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && desc_fd != NULL |
| && (desc_fd->type == STT_FUNC |
| || desc_fd->needs_plt) |
| && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, desc_fd) |
| || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, desc_fd)))) |
| desc_fd = NULL; |
| |
| if (tga_fd != NULL || desc_fd != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; |
| |
| if (tga_fd != NULL) |
| for (ent = tga_fd->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL && desc_fd != NULL) |
| for (ent = desc_fd->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| break; |
| if (ent != NULL) |
| { |
| if (tga_fd != NULL) |
| { |
| tga_fd->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; |
| tga_fd->root.u.i.link = &opt_fd->root; |
| tga_fd->root.u.i.warning = NULL; |
| ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt_fd, tga_fd); |
| } |
| if (desc_fd != NULL) |
| { |
| desc_fd->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; |
| desc_fd->root.u.i.link = &opt_fd->root; |
| desc_fd->root.u.i.warning = NULL; |
| ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt_fd, desc_fd); |
| } |
| opt_fd->mark = 1; |
| if (opt_fd->dynindx != -1) |
| { |
| /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ |
| opt_fd->dynindx = -1; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| opt_fd->dynstr_index); |
| if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt_fd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| if (tga_fd != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd = ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd); |
| tga = elf_hash_entry (htab->tls_get_addr); |
| if (opt != NULL && tga != NULL) |
| { |
| tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; |
| tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; |
| tga->root.u.i.warning = NULL; |
| ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); |
| opt->mark = 1; |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, opt, |
| tga->forced_local); |
| htab->tls_get_addr = ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt); |
| } |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd->oh = htab->tls_get_addr; |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd->is_func_descriptor = 1; |
| if (htab->tls_get_addr != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->tls_get_addr->oh = htab->tls_get_addr_fd; |
| htab->tls_get_addr->is_func = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| if (desc_fd != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->tga_desc_fd = ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd); |
| if (opt != NULL && desc != NULL) |
| { |
| desc->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; |
| desc->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; |
| desc->root.u.i.warning = NULL; |
| ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, desc); |
| opt->mark = 1; |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, opt, |
| desc->forced_local); |
| htab->tga_desc = ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt); |
| } |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->oh = htab->tga_desc; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->is_func_descriptor = 1; |
| if (htab->tga_desc != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->tga_desc->oh = htab->tga_desc_fd; |
| htab->tga_desc->is_func = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else if (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt < 0) |
| htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->tga_desc_fd != NULL |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt |
| && htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave == -1) |
| htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave = 0; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching |
| any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| branch_reloc_hash_match (bfd *ibfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash1, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash2, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash3, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash4) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| unsigned int r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| |
| if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| |
| h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
| h = elf_follow_link (h); |
| if (h == elf_hash_entry (hash1) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (hash2) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (hash3) |
| || h == elf_hash_entry (hash4)) |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization |
| opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do |
| a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment |
| offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need |
| to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating |
| dynamic relocations. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| asection *sec; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| unsigned char *toc_ref; |
| int pass; |
| |
| if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| htab->do_tls_opt = 1; |
| |
| /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc |
| entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs |
| involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by |
| such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization. |
| On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify |
| relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got |
| and plt refcounts. */ |
| toc_ref = NULL; |
| for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL; |
| asection *toc = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".toc"); |
| |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; |
| bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0; |
| |
| /* Read the relocations. */ |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| { |
| free (toc_ref); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| unsigned char *tls_mask; |
| unsigned int tls_set, tls_clear, tls_type = 0; |
| bfd_vma value; |
| bfd_boolean ok_tprel, is_local; |
| long toc_ref_index = 0; |
| int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; |
| bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_mask, &locsyms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| { |
| err_free_rel: |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| free (toc_ref); |
| if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents |
| != (unsigned char *) locsyms) |
| free (locsyms); |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| value = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| value = 0; |
| else |
| { |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type |
| STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */ |
| value = sym->st_value; |
| |
| ok_tprel = FALSE; |
| is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h); |
| if (is_local) |
| { |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| ok_tprel = TRUE; |
| else if (sym_sec != NULL |
| && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| { |
| value += sym_sec->output_offset; |
| value += sym_sec->output_section->vma; |
| value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; |
| /* Note that even though the prefix insns |
| allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test |
| as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of |
| pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision |
| to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS |
| sequence. */ |
| ok_tprel = value + 0x80008000ULL < 1ULL << 32; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls |
| without marker relocs, then check that each |
| __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc |
| that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg |
| setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup |
| relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ |
| if (pass == 0 |
| && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| && h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (h, htab) |
| && !found_tls_get_addr_arg |
| && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " |
| "TLS optimization disabled\n"), |
| ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); |
| ret = TRUE; |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| } |
| |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 0; |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| /* These relocs should never be against a symbol |
| defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if |
| that turns out to be the case. */ |
| if (!is_local) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* LD -> LE */ |
| tls_set = 0; |
| tls_clear = TLS_LD; |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| if (ok_tprel) |
| /* GD -> LE */ |
| tls_set = 0; |
| else |
| /* GD -> IE */ |
| tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE; |
| tls_clear = TLS_GD; |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| if (ok_tprel) |
| { |
| /* IE -> LE */ |
| tls_set = 0; |
| tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| break; |
| } |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TLSLD: |
| if (!is_local) |
| continue; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_TLSGD: |
| if (rel + 1 < relend |
| && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) |
| { |
| if (pass != 0 |
| && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) |
| != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ) |
| && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) |
| != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC)) |
| { |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, NULL, NULL, NULL, &locsyms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; |
| |
| for (ent = h->plt.plist; |
| ent != NULL; |
| ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel[1].r_addend) |
| break; |
| |
| if (ent != NULL |
| && ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| ent->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| } |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TLS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| if (sym_sec == NULL || sym_sec != toc) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS |
| code sequence. We can do that now in the |
| case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for |
| tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */ |
| if (toc_ref == NULL) |
| toc_ref |
| = bfd_zmalloc (toc->output_section->rawsize / 8); |
| if (toc_ref == NULL) |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| value = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| value = sym->st_value; |
| value += rel->r_addend; |
| if (value % 8 != 0) |
| continue; |
| BFD_ASSERT (value < toc->size |
| && toc->output_offset % 8 == 0); |
| toc_ref_index = (value + toc->output_offset) / 8; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD) |
| { |
| toc_ref[toc_ref_index] = 1; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (pass != 0 && toc_ref[toc_ref_index] == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| tls_set = 0; |
| tls_clear = 0; |
| expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| if (pass == 0 |
| || sec != toc |
| || toc_ref == NULL |
| || !toc_ref[(rel->r_offset + toc->output_offset) / 8]) |
| continue; |
| if (ok_tprel) |
| { |
| /* IE -> LE */ |
| tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT; |
| tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; |
| break; |
| } |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| if (pass == 0 |
| || sec != toc |
| || toc_ref == NULL |
| || !toc_ref[(rel->r_offset + toc->output_offset) / 8]) |
| continue; |
| if (rel + 1 < relend |
| && (rel[1].r_info |
| == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64)) |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8) |
| { |
| if (ok_tprel) |
| /* GD -> LE */ |
| tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD; |
| else |
| /* GD -> IE */ |
| tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD | TLS_GDIE; |
| tls_clear = TLS_GD; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (!is_local) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* LD -> LE */ |
| tls_set = TLS_EXPLICIT; |
| tls_clear = TLS_LD; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| if (pass == 0) |
| { |
| unsigned char buf[4]; |
| unsigned int insn; |
| bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3; |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, |
| off, 4)) |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); |
| /* addis rt,13,imm */ |
| if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) |
| != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16))) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| info->callbacks->minfo |
| (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), |
| ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn); |
| htab->do_tls_opt = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| /* These can all be used in sequences along with |
| TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't |
| able to verify easily. */ |
| htab->do_tls_opt = 0; |
| continue; |
| |
| default: |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (pass == 0) |
| { |
| if (!expecting_tls_get_addr |
| || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (rel + 1 < relend |
| && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd, |
| htab->tga_desc_fd, |
| htab->tls_get_addr, |
| htab->tga_desc)) |
| { |
| if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2) |
| { |
| /* Check for toc tls entries. */ |
| unsigned char *toc_tls; |
| int retval; |
| |
| retval = get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, NULL, NULL, |
| &locsyms, |
| rel, ibfd); |
| if (retval == 0) |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| if (toc_tls != NULL) |
| { |
| if ((*toc_tls & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && ((*toc_tls & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0)) |
| found_tls_get_addr_arg = 1; |
| if (retval > 1) |
| toc_ref[toc_ref_index] = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We |
| could just mark this symbol to exclude it |
| from tls optimization but it's safer to skip |
| the entire optimization. */ |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " |
| "TLS optimization disabled\n"), |
| ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); |
| ret = TRUE; |
| goto err_free_rel; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls |
| without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't |
| found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a |
| marker for this symbol, then we either have a |
| broken object file or an -mlongcall style |
| indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. |
| Disable optimization in this case. */ |
| if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 |
| && (tls_set & TLS_EXPLICIT) == 0 |
| && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; |
| |
| if (htab->tls_get_addr_fd != NULL) |
| for (ent = htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf.plt.plist; |
| ent != NULL; |
| ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == 0) |
| break; |
| |
| if (ent == NULL && htab->tga_desc_fd != NULL) |
| for (ent = htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.plt.plist; |
| ent != NULL; |
| ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == 0) |
| break; |
| |
| if (ent == NULL && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL) |
| for (ent = htab->tls_get_addr->elf.plt.plist; |
| ent != NULL; |
| ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == 0) |
| break; |
| |
| if (ent == NULL && htab->tga_desc != NULL) |
| for (ent = htab->tga_desc->elf.plt.plist; |
| ent != NULL; |
| ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == 0) |
| break; |
| |
| if (ent != NULL |
| && ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| ent->plt.refcount -= 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (tls_clear == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| if ((tls_set & TLS_EXPLICIT) == 0) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */ |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ent = h->got.glist; |
| else |
| ent = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd)[r_symndx]; |
| |
| for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend |
| && ent->owner == ibfd |
| && ent->tls_type == tls_type) |
| break; |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| |
| if (tls_set == 0) |
| { |
| /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ |
| if (ent->got.refcount > 0) |
| ent->got.refcount -= 1; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then |
| we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */ |
| if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, sec, info, |
| NULL, h, sym)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (tls_set == (TLS_EXPLICIT | TLS_GD)) |
| { |
| if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel + 1)->r_info, sec, info, |
| NULL, h, sym)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| *tls_mask |= tls_set & 0xff; |
| *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| if (locsyms != NULL |
| && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms)) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (locsyms); |
| else |
| elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd).contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| free (toc_ref); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust |
| the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been |
| edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function |
| sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just |
| edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */ |
| |
| struct adjust_toc_info |
| { |
| asection *toc; |
| unsigned long *skip; |
| bfd_boolean global_toc_syms; |
| }; |
| |
| enum toc_skip_enum { ref_from_discarded = 1, can_optimize = 2 }; |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| struct adjust_toc_info *toc_inf = (struct adjust_toc_info *) inf; |
| unsigned long i; |
| |
| if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| if (eh->adjust_done) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (eh->elf.root.u.def.section == toc_inf->toc) |
| { |
| if (eh->elf.root.u.def.value > toc_inf->toc->rawsize) |
| i = toc_inf->toc->rawsize >> 3; |
| else |
| i = eh->elf.root.u.def.value >> 3; |
| |
| if ((toc_inf->skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh->elf.root.root.string); |
| do |
| ++i; |
| while ((toc_inf->skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0); |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value = (bfd_vma) i << 3; |
| } |
| |
| eh->elf.root.u.def.value -= toc_inf->skip[i]; |
| eh->adjust_done = 1; |
| } |
| else if (strcmp (eh->elf.root.u.def.section->name, ".toc") == 0) |
| toc_inf->global_toc_syms = TRUE; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect |
| on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type) |
| { |
| return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */ |
| || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */ |
| /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever |
| defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those |
| will need testing too. */ |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC16_LO && r_type != R_PPC64_GOT16_LO) |
| || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */ |
| && (insn & 1) == 0) |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */ |
| || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */ |
| /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */ |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC16_LO && r_type != R_PPC64_GOT16_LO) |
| || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */ |
| && (insn & 1) == 0)); |
| } |
| |
| /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns: |
| pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel |
| load/store rt,off(ra) |
| or |
| pla ra,symbol@pcrel |
| load/store rt,off(ra) |
| may be translated to |
| pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel |
| nop. |
| This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing |
| the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF. |
| |
| On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that |
| the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn, |
| while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1, uint64_t *pinsn2, bfd_signed_vma *poff) |
| { |
| uint64_t insn1 = *pinsn1; |
| uint64_t insn2 = *pinsn2; |
| bfd_signed_vma off; |
| |
| if ((insn2 & (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58) |
| { |
| /* Check that regs match. */ |
| if (((insn2 >> 16) & 31) != ((insn1 >> 21) & 31)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */ |
| if ((insn2 & (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| *pinsn1 = (insn2 & ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL) | (1ULL << 52); |
| *pinsn2 = PNOP; |
| off = ((insn2 >> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) | (insn2 & 0xffff); |
| *poff = (off ^ 0x200000000ULL) - 0x200000000ULL; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| insn2 >>= 32; |
| |
| /* Check that regs match. */ |
| if (((insn2 >> 16) & 31) != ((insn1 >> 21) & 31)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| switch ((insn2 >> 26) & 63) |
| { |
| default: |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| case 32: /* lwz */ |
| case 34: /* lbz */ |
| case 36: /* stw */ |
| case 38: /* stb */ |
| case 40: /* lhz */ |
| case 42: /* lha */ |
| case 44: /* sth */ |
| case 48: /* lfs */ |
| case 50: /* lfd */ |
| case 52: /* stfs */ |
| case 54: /* stfd */ |
| /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix |
| on the insn. */ |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | (insn2 & ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21)))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xffff; |
| break; |
| |
| case 58: /* lwa, ld */ |
| if ((insn2 & 1) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | (insn2 & 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfffc; |
| break; |
| |
| case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */ |
| if ((insn2 & 3) < 2) |
| return FALSE; |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | ((40ULL | (insn2 & 3)) << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfffc; |
| break; |
| |
| case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */ |
| if ((insn2 & 3) == 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| else if ((insn2 & 3) >= 2) |
| { |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | ((44ULL | (insn2 & 3)) << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfffc; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | ((50ULL | (insn2 & 4) | ((insn2 & 8) >> 3)) << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfff0; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case 56: /* lq */ |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | (insn2 & ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21)))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xffff; |
| break; |
| |
| case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */ |
| if ((insn2 & 0xe) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | ((insn2 & 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfff0; |
| break; |
| |
| case 62: /* std, stq */ |
| if ((insn2 & 1) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| insn1 = ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | ((insn2 & 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26) |
| | (insn2 & (31ULL << 21))); |
| off = insn2 & 0xfffc; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| *pinsn1 = insn1; |
| *pinsn2 = (uint64_t) NOP << 32; |
| *poff = (off ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove |
| unused .toc entries. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| htab->do_toc_opt = 1; |
| toc_inf.global_toc_syms = TRUE; |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| asection *toc, *sec; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *toc_relocs; |
| unsigned long *skip, *drop; |
| unsigned char *used; |
| unsigned char *keep, last, some_unused; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| toc = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".toc"); |
| if (toc == NULL |
| || toc->size == 0 |
| || toc->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS |
| || discarded_section (toc)) |
| continue; |
| |
| toc_relocs = NULL; |
| local_syms = NULL; |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| |
| /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */ |
| skip = NULL; |
| relstart = NULL; |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| if (sec->reloc_count == 0 |
| || !discarded_section (sec) |
| || get_opd_info (sec) |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, FALSE); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be |
| unused. */ |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| if (sym_sec != toc) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| val += rel->r_addend; |
| |
| if (val >= toc->size) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes. |
| If not, don't mark as unused. */ |
| if (val & 7) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (skip == NULL) |
| { |
| skip = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip) * (toc->size + 15) / 8); |
| if (skip == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| |
| skip[val >> 3] = ref_from_discarded; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert |
| . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha |
| . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx) |
| to |
| . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha |
| . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l |
| when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means |
| that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */ |
| |
| if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_small_toc_reloc |
| && toc->output_section->rawsize < (bfd_vma) 1 << 31 |
| && toc->reloc_count != 0) |
| { |
| /* Read toc relocs. */ |
| toc_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, toc, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (toc_relocs == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| for (rel = toc_relocs; rel < toc_relocs + toc->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| bfd_vma val, addr; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_ADDR64) |
| continue; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| if (sym_sec == NULL |
| || sym_sec->output_section == NULL |
| || discarded_section (sym_sec)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| continue; |
| val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| continue; |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| } |
| val += rel->r_addend; |
| val += sym_sec->output_section->vma + sym_sec->output_offset; |
| |
| /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we |
| know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't |
| optimize if the difference from any possible toc |
| pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */ |
| addr = toc->output_section->vma + TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| if (val - addr + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma) 1 << 32) |
| continue; |
| |
| addr = toc->output_section->vma + toc->output_section->rawsize; |
| if (val - addr + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma) 1 << 32) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (skip == NULL) |
| { |
| skip = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip) * (toc->size + 15) / 8); |
| if (skip == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| |
| skip[rel->r_offset >> 3] |
| |= can_optimize | ((rel - toc_relocs) << 2); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (skip == NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| used = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used) * (toc->size + 7) / 8); |
| if (used == NULL) |
| { |
| error_ret: |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| if (sec != NULL |
| && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| if (elf_section_data (toc)->relocs != toc_relocs) |
| free (toc_relocs); |
| free (skip); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc. |
| Check the toc itself last. */ |
| for (sec = (ibfd->sections == toc && toc->next ? toc->next |
| : ibfd->sections); |
| sec != NULL; |
| sec = (sec == toc ? NULL |
| : sec->next == NULL ? toc |
| : sec->next == toc && toc->next ? toc->next |
| : sec->next)) |
| { |
| int repeat; |
| |
| if (sec->reloc_count == 0 |
| || discarded_section (sec) |
| || get_opd_info (sec) |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| { |
| free (used); |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */ |
| do |
| { |
| repeat = 0; |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */ |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| { |
| free (used); |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| |
| if (sym_sec != toc) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| val += rel->r_addend; |
| |
| if (val >= toc->size) |
| continue; |
| |
| if ((skip[val >> 3] & can_optimize) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_vma off; |
| unsigned char opc; |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| off = rel->r_offset; |
| off += (bfd_big_endian (ibfd) ? -2 : 3); |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, &opc, |
| off, 1)) |
| { |
| free (used); |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| if ((opc & (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2)) |
| break; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| default: |
| /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may |
| as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */ |
| skip[val >> 3] = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (sec != toc) |
| used[val >> 3] = 1; |
| /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this |
| entry itself isn't unused. */ |
| else if ((used[rel->r_offset >> 3] |
| || !(skip[rel->r_offset >> 3] & ref_from_discarded)) |
| && !used[val >> 3]) |
| { |
| /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference |
| chains. */ |
| repeat = 1; |
| used[val >> 3] = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| while (repeat); |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC |
| doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong |
| to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */ |
| for (drop = skip, keep = used, last = 0, some_unused = 0; |
| drop < skip + (toc->size + 7) / 8; |
| ++drop, ++keep) |
| { |
| if (*keep) |
| { |
| *drop &= ~ref_from_discarded; |
| if ((*drop & can_optimize) != 0) |
| some_unused = 1; |
| last = 0; |
| } |
| else if ((*drop & ref_from_discarded) != 0) |
| { |
| some_unused = 1; |
| last = ref_from_discarded; |
| } |
| else |
| *drop = last; |
| } |
| |
| free (used); |
| |
| if (some_unused) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *contents, *src; |
| unsigned long off; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| bfd_boolean local_toc_syms = FALSE; |
| |
| /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the |
| skip array from booleans into offsets. */ |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd, toc, &contents)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| elf_section_data (toc)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
| |
| for (src = contents, off = 0, drop = skip; |
| src < contents + toc->size; |
| src += 8, ++drop) |
| { |
| if ((*drop & (can_optimize | ref_from_discarded)) != 0) |
| off += 8; |
| else if (off != 0) |
| { |
| *drop = off; |
| memcpy (src - off, src, 8); |
| } |
| } |
| *drop = off; |
| toc->rawsize = toc->size; |
| toc->size = src - contents - off; |
| |
| /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym, |
| and optimize any accesses we can. */ |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| if (sec->reloc_count == 0 |
| || discarded_section (sec)) |
| continue; |
| |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| if (sym_sec != toc) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| { |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| if (val != 0) |
| local_toc_syms = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| val += rel->r_addend; |
| |
| if (val > toc->rawsize) |
| val = toc->rawsize; |
| else if ((skip[val >> 3] & ref_from_discarded) != 0) |
| continue; |
| else if ((skip[val >> 3] & can_optimize) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *tocrel |
| = toc_relocs + (skip[val >> 3] >> 2); |
| unsigned long tsym = ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel->r_info); |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (tsym, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA); |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (tsym, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT); |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32]) |
| ppc_howto_init (); |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: %s references " |
| "optimized away TOC entry\n"), |
| ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| goto error_ret; |
| } |
| rel->r_addend = tocrel->r_addend; |
| elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (h != NULL || sym->st_value != 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| rel->r_addend -= skip[val >> 3]; |
| elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = relstart; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC, |
| but handle them anyway. */ |
| if (local_syms != NULL) |
| for (sym = local_syms; |
| sym < local_syms + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| ++sym) |
| if (sym->st_value != 0 |
| && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx) == toc) |
| { |
| unsigned long i; |
| |
| if (sym->st_value > toc->rawsize) |
| i = toc->rawsize >> 3; |
| else |
| i = sym->st_value >> 3; |
| |
| if ((skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) != 0) |
| { |
| if (local_toc_syms) |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), |
| bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd, symtab_hdr, sym, NULL)); |
| do |
| ++i; |
| while ((skip[i] & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize))); |
| sym->st_value = (bfd_vma) i << 3; |
| } |
| |
| sym->st_value -= skip[i]; |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| |
| /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */ |
| if (toc_inf.global_toc_syms) |
| { |
| toc_inf.toc = toc; |
| toc_inf.skip = skip; |
| toc_inf.global_toc_syms = FALSE; |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), adjust_toc_syms, |
| &toc_inf); |
| } |
| |
| if (toc->reloc_count != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| bfd_size_type sz; |
| |
| /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */ |
| if (toc_relocs == NULL) |
| toc_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, toc, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (toc_relocs == NULL) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| wrel = toc_relocs; |
| for (rel = toc_relocs; rel < toc_relocs + toc->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| if ((skip[rel->r_offset >> 3] |
| & (ref_from_discarded | can_optimize)) == 0) |
| { |
| wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset - skip[rel->r_offset >> 3]; |
| wrel->r_info = rel->r_info; |
| wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| ++wrel; |
| } |
| else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel->r_info, toc, info, |
| &local_syms, NULL, NULL)) |
| goto error_ret; |
| |
| elf_section_data (toc)->relocs = toc_relocs; |
| toc->reloc_count = wrel - toc_relocs; |
| rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc); |
| sz = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| rel_hdr->sh_size = toc->reloc_count * sz; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (elf_section_data (toc)->relocs != toc_relocs) |
| free (toc_relocs); |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| free (skip); |
| } |
| |
| /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to |
| a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the |
| number of GOT entries. */ |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| asection *sec; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel; |
| bfd_vma got; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_optrel) |
| continue; |
| |
| sec = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| got = 0; |
| if (sec != NULL) |
| got = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; |
| |
| local_syms = NULL; |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| if (sec->reloc_count == 0 |
| || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec)->has_optrel |
| || discarded_section (sec)) |
| continue; |
| |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| { |
| got_error_ret: |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| if (sec != NULL |
| && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + sec->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| bfd_vma val, pc; |
| unsigned char buf[8]; |
| unsigned int insn; |
| enum {no_check, check_lo, check_ha} insn_check; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| insn_check = no_check; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| insn_check = check_ha; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| insn_check = check_lo; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (insn_check != no_check) |
| { |
| bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3; |
| |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, off, 4)) |
| goto got_error_ret; |
| |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); |
| if (insn_check == check_lo |
| ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn, r_type) |
| : ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) |
| != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)) |
| { |
| char str[12]; |
| |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->unexpected_toc_insn = 1; |
| sprintf (str, "%#08x", insn); |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for" |
| " %s instruction\n"), |
| ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset & ~3, str); |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for |
| R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more |
| analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is |
| before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are |
| laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in |
| distance between sections caused by alignment. */ |
| default: |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_symndx, ibfd)) |
| goto got_error_ret; |
| |
| if (sym_sec == NULL |
| || sym_sec->output_section == NULL |
| || discarded_section (sym_sec)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if ((h ? h->type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| val = h->root.u.def.value; |
| else |
| val = sym->st_value; |
| val += rel->r_addend; |
| val += sym_sec->output_section->vma + sym_sec->output_offset; |
| |
| /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout |
| isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */ |
| #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16) |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| continue; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| if (val - got + LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL) |
| >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL)) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, |
| rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) |
| goto got_error_ret; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); |
| if (((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) |
| != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)) |
| continue; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| if (val - got + LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL) |
| >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL)) |
| continue; |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, |
| rel->r_offset & ~3, 4)) |
| goto got_error_ret; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */) |
| continue; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| pc = rel->r_offset; |
| pc += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| if (val - pc + LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33) |
| >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34)) |
| continue; |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf, |
| rel->r_offset & ~3, 8)) |
| goto got_error_ret; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf); |
| if ((insn & (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20))) |
| continue; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf + 4); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 57u << 26) |
| continue; |
| break; |
| } |
| #undef LIMIT_ADJUST |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| ent = h->got.glist; |
| else |
| { |
| struct got_entry **local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd); |
| ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx]; |
| } |
| for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend |
| && ent->owner == ibfd |
| && ent->tls_type == 0) |
| break; |
| BFD_ASSERT (ent && ent->got.refcount > 0); |
| ent->got.refcount -= 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using |
| instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection *i) |
| { |
| return (is_ppc64_elf (i->owner) |
| && ppc64_elf_tdata (i->owner)->has_small_toc_reloc); |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */ |
| |
| static void |
| allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct got_entry *gent) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| int entsize = (gent->tls_type & eh->tls_mask & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD) |
| ? 16 : 8); |
| int rentsize = (gent->tls_type & eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD |
| ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| asection *got = ppc64_elf_tdata (gent->owner)->got; |
| |
| gent->got.offset = got->size; |
| got->size += entsize; |
| |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| htab->elf.irelplt->size += rentsize; |
| htab->got_reli_size += rentsize; |
| } |
| else if (((bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && !(gent->tls_type != 0 |
| && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && h->dynindx != -1 |
| && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) |
| && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) |
| { |
| asection *relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (gent->owner)->relgot; |
| relgot->size += rentsize; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */ |
| |
| static void |
| merge_got_entries (struct got_entry **pent) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent, *ent2; |
| |
| for (ent = *pent; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (!ent->is_indirect) |
| for (ent2 = ent->next; ent2 != NULL; ent2 = ent2->next) |
| if (!ent2->is_indirect |
| && ent2->addend == ent->addend |
| && ent2->tls_type == ent->tls_type |
| && elf_gp (ent2->owner) == elf_gp (ent->owner)) |
| { |
| ent2->is_indirect = TRUE; |
| ent2->got.ent = ent; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab->dynamic_sections_created |
| && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 |
| && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| && h->dynindx == -1 |
| && !h->forced_local |
| && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) |
| return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the |
| usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */ |
| |
| static inline |
| bfd_boolean use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| return (h == NULL |
| || h->dynindx == -1 |
| || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created); |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
| dynamic relocs. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| asection *s; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| struct got_entry **pgent, *gent; |
| |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them |
| to TPREL. */ |
| if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE)) |
| for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next) |
| if (gent->got.refcount > 0 |
| && (gent->tls_type & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| { |
| /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If |
| there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */ |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| for (ent = h->got.glist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->got.refcount > 0 |
| && (ent->tls_type & TLS_TPREL) != 0 |
| && ent->addend == gent->addend |
| && ent->owner == gent->owner) |
| { |
| gent->got.refcount = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */ |
| if (gent->got.refcount != 0) |
| gent->tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before |
| we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty |
| entries. */ |
| pgent = &h->got.glist; |
| while ((gent = *pgent) != NULL) |
| if (gent->got.refcount > 0) |
| { |
| if ((gent->tls_type & TLS_LD) != 0 |
| && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| { |
| ppc64_tlsld_got (gent->owner)->got.refcount += 1; |
| *pgent = gent->next; |
| } |
| else |
| pgent = &gent->next; |
| } |
| else |
| *pgent = gent->next; |
| |
| if (!htab->do_multi_toc) |
| merge_got_entries (&h->got.glist); |
| |
| for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next) |
| if (!gent->is_indirect) |
| { |
| /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should |
| be made dynamic. */ |
| if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent->owner)) |
| abort (); |
| |
| allocate_got (h, info, gent); |
| } |
| |
| /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for |
| IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ |
| if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| |
| /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ |
| else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| |
| /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
| visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ |
| else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| |
| if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_dyn_relocs *p, **pp; |
| |
| /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
| dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to |
| be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, |
| discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol |
| visibility changes. */ |
| if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| { |
| /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call |
| insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that |
| can be generated via assembly. We want calls to |
| protected symbols to resolve directly to the function |
| rather than going via the plt. If people want function |
| pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should |
| avoid writing weird assembly. */ |
| if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
| { |
| for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
| { |
| p->count -= p->pc_count; |
| p->pc_count = 0; |
| if (p->count == 0) |
| *pp = p->next; |
| else |
| pp = &p->next; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol |
| should be made dynamic. */ |
| if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for |
| relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */ |
| else if (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| if (h->dynamic_adjusted |
| && !h->def_regular |
| && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)) |
| { |
| /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol |
| should be made dynamic. */ |
| if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */ |
| if (h->dynindx == -1) |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| } |
| else |
| h->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Finally, allocate space. */ |
| for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| { |
| asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol |
| a) is dynamic, or |
| b) is an ifunc, or |
| c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or |
| d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ |
| if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1) |
| || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) |
| || (h->needs_plt |
| && h->def_regular |
| && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |
| & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *pent; |
| bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; |
| for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next) |
| if (pent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| { |
| if (use_local_plt (info, h)) |
| { |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| s = htab->elf.iplt; |
| pent->plt.offset = s->size; |
| s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| s = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| s = htab->pltlocal; |
| pent->plt.offset = s->size; |
| s->size += LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| s = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
| first entry. */ |
| s = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (s->size == 0) |
| s->size += PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| |
| pent->plt.offset = s->size; |
| |
| /* Make room for this entry. */ |
| s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| |
| /* Make room for the .glink code. */ |
| s = htab->glink; |
| if (s->size == 0) |
| s->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab); |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */ |
| if (s->size >= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) + 32768*2*4) |
| s->size += 4; |
| s->size += 2*4; |
| } |
| else |
| s->size += 4; |
| |
| /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
| s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| } |
| if (s != NULL) |
| s->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| doneone = TRUE; |
| } |
| else |
| pent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| if (!doneone) |
| { |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| h->needs_plt = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| h->plt.plist = NULL; |
| h->needs_plt = 0; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) |
| #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) |
| #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) |
| #define D34(v) \ |
| ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff)) |
| #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34) |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections |
| to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink, |
| after the branch table. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct plt_entry *pent; |
| asection *s, *plt; |
| |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (h->def_regular) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| info = inf; |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| s = htab->global_entry; |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| for (pent = h->plt.plist; pent != NULL; pent = pent->next) |
| if (pent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| && pent->addend == 0) |
| { |
| /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file |
| and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we |
| need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub. |
| This is to avoid text relocations. */ |
| bfd_vma off, stub_align, stub_off, stub_size; |
| unsigned int align_power; |
| |
| stub_size = 16; |
| stub_off = s->size; |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0) |
| align_power = htab->params->plt_stub_align; |
| else |
| align_power = -htab->params->plt_stub_align; |
| /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is |
| non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be |
| aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global |
| entry stubs are needed. */ |
| if (s->alignment_power < align_power) |
| s->alignment_power = align_power; |
| stub_align = (bfd_vma) 1 << align_power; |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0 |
| || ((((stub_off + stub_size - 1) & -stub_align) |
| - (stub_off & -stub_align)) |
| > ((stub_size - 1) & -stub_align))) |
| stub_off = (stub_off + stub_align - 1) & -stub_align; |
| off = pent->plt.offset + plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| off -= stub_off + s->output_offset + s->output_section->vma; |
| /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible |
| dependency between stub offset and size. Break that |
| dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating |
| the stub offset. */ |
| if (PPC_HA (off) == 0) |
| stub_size -= 4; |
| h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| h->root.u.def.value = stub_off; |
| s->size = stub_off + stub_size; |
| break; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| bfd *dynobj; |
| asection *s; |
| bfd_boolean relocs; |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| struct got_entry *first_tlsld; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| if (dynobj == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| |
| if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| { |
| /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) |
| { |
| s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
| relocs. */ |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **lgot_ents; |
| struct got_entry **end_lgot_ents; |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; |
| unsigned char *lgot_masks; |
| bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; |
| |
| for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| { |
| if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
| && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
| { |
| /* Input section has been discarded, either because |
| it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
| linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
| the relocs too. */ |
| } |
| else if (p->count != 0) |
| { |
| asection *srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
| if (p->ifunc) |
| srel = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
| info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd); |
| if (!lgot_ents) |
| continue; |
| |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount; |
| local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents; |
| end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; |
| lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt; |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| for (; lgot_ents < end_lgot_ents; ++lgot_ents, ++lgot_masks) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **pent, *ent; |
| |
| pent = lgot_ents; |
| while ((ent = *pent) != NULL) |
| if (ent->got.refcount > 0) |
| { |
| if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0) |
| { |
| ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd)->got.refcount += 1; |
| *pent = ent->next; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| unsigned int ent_size = 8; |
| unsigned int rel_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| |
| ent->got.offset = s->size; |
| if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| { |
| ent_size *= 2; |
| rel_size *= 2; |
| } |
| s->size += ent_size; |
| if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| { |
| htab->elf.irelplt->size += rel_size; |
| htab->got_reli_size += rel_size; |
| } |
| else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && !(ent->tls_type != 0 |
| && bfd_link_executable (info))) |
| { |
| asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| srel->size += rel_size; |
| } |
| pent = &ent->next; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| *pent = ent->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */ |
| lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt; |
| for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) |
| { |
| if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| { |
| s = htab->elf.iplt; |
| ent->plt.offset = s->size; |
| s->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| htab->elf.irelplt->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| } |
| else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt |
| || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) |
| ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| else |
| { |
| s = htab->pltlocal; |
| ent->plt.offset = s->size; |
| s->size += LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| htab->relpltlocal->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
| sym dynamic relocs. */ |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
| |
| if (!htab->opd_abi && !bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, size_global_entry_stubs, info); |
| |
| first_tlsld = NULL; |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd); |
| if (ent->got.refcount > 0) |
| { |
| if (!htab->do_multi_toc && first_tlsld != NULL) |
| { |
| ent->is_indirect = TRUE; |
| ent->got.ent = first_tlsld; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (first_tlsld == NULL) |
| first_tlsld = ent; |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| ent->got.offset = s->size; |
| ent->owner = ibfd; |
| s->size += 16; |
| if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| { |
| asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| ent->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| } |
| |
| /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
| Allocate memory for them. */ |
| relocs = FALSE; |
| for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (s == htab->brlt || s == htab->relbrlt) |
| /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */ |
| continue; |
| else if (s == htab->elf.sgot |
| || s == htab->elf.splt |
| || s == htab->elf.iplt |
| || s == htab->pltlocal |
| || s == htab->glink |
| || s == htab->global_entry |
| || s == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| { |
| /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
| comment below. */ |
| } |
| else if (s == htab->glink_eh_frame) |
| { |
| if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s->output_section)) |
| /* Not sized yet. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".rela")) |
| { |
| if (s->size != 0) |
| { |
| if (s != htab->elf.srelplt) |
| relocs = TRUE; |
| |
| /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| s->reloc_count = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (s->size == 0) |
| { |
| /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
| output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and |
| .rela.plt. We must create both sections in |
| create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
| before the linker maps input sections to output |
| sections. The linker does that before |
| adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
| function which decides whether anything needs to go |
| into these sections. */ |
| s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (bfd_is_abs_section (s->output_section)) |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"), |
| s->name); |
| |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
| here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
| section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
| but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela |
| sections instead of garbage. |
| We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing |
| the GOT and .dynrelro. */ |
| s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
| if (s->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| if (s != NULL && s != htab->elf.sgot) |
| { |
| if (s->size == 0) |
| s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| else |
| { |
| s->contents = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, s->size); |
| if (s->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| if (s != NULL) |
| { |
| if (s->size == 0) |
| s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| else |
| { |
| s->contents = bfd_zalloc (ibfd, s->size); |
| if (s->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| relocs = TRUE; |
| s->reloc_count = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean tls_opt; |
| |
| /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
| _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
| |
| if (bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK, 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && abiversion (output_bfd) <= 1) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ, 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| tls_opt = (htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt |
| && ((htab->tls_get_addr_fd != NULL |
| && htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf.plt.plist != NULL) |
| || (htab->tga_desc_fd != NULL |
| && htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.plt.plist != NULL))); |
| if (tls_opt || !htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT, tls_opt ? PPC64_OPT_TLS : 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (relocs) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) |
| || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela))) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
| then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
| if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, |
| _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel, info); |
| |
| if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| { |
| if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| #undef add_dynamic_entry |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| if (h->plt.plist != NULL |
| && !h->def_regular |
| && !h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); |
| } |
| |
| /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */ |
| |
| static inline enum ppc_stub_type |
| ppc_type_of_stub (asection *input_sec, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry **hash, |
| struct plt_entry **plt_ent, |
| bfd_vma destination, |
| unsigned long local_off) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h = *hash; |
| bfd_vma location; |
| bfd_vma branch_offset; |
| bfd_vma max_branch_offset; |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh = h; |
| if (h->oh != NULL |
| && h->oh->is_func_descriptor) |
| { |
| fdh = ppc_follow_link (h->oh); |
| *hash = fdh; |
| } |
| |
| for (ent = fdh->elf.plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend |
| && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| *plt_ent = ent; |
| return ppc_stub_plt_call; |
| } |
| |
| /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a |
| either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol |
| in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make |
| any other type of stub. */ |
| if (!is_static_defined (&fdh->elf) |
| && !is_static_defined (&h->elf)) |
| return ppc_stub_none; |
| } |
| else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec->owner) != NULL) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec->owner); |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| elf_local_got_ents (input_sec->owner) + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| unsigned long r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| |
| if (local_plt[r_symndx] != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = local_plt[r_symndx]; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == rel->r_addend |
| && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| *plt_ent = ent; |
| return ppc_stub_plt_call; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Determine where the call point is. */ |
| location = (input_sec->output_offset |
| + input_sec->output_section->vma |
| + rel->r_offset); |
| |
| branch_offset = destination - location; |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| |
| /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */ |
| max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL14 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN) |
| max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; |
| |
| if (branch_offset + max_branch_offset >= 2 * max_branch_offset - local_off) |
| /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch |
| is needed later. */ |
| return ppc_stub_long_branch; |
| |
| return ppc_stub_none; |
| } |
| |
| /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12, |
| then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true). |
| . mflr %r12 |
| . bcl 20,31,1f |
| .1: mflr %r11 |
| . mtlr %r12 |
| . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher |
| . sldi %r12,%r12,32 |
| . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high |
| . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l |
| . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */ |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| build_offset (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma off, bfd_boolean load) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, MFLR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, BCL_20_31, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, MFLR_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, MTLR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| { |
| if (load) |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R12_0R11 + PPC_LO (off), p); |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDI_R12_R11 + PPC_LO (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDIS_R12_R11 + PPC_HA (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (load) |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LD_R12_0R12 + PPC_LO (off), p); |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADDI_R12_R12 + PPC_LO (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R12_0 + ((off >> 32) & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LIS_R12 + ((off >> 48) & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R12_R12_0 + ((off >> 32) & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R12_R12_32, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (PPC_HI (off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORIS_R12_R12_0 + PPC_HI (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (PPC_LO (off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R12_R12_0 + PPC_LO (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (load) |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| size_offset (bfd_vma off) |
| { |
| unsigned int size; |
| if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| size = 4; |
| else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL) |
| size = 8; |
| else |
| { |
| if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL) |
| size = 4; |
| else |
| { |
| size = 4; |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| if (PPC_HI (off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| if (PPC_LO (off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| return size + 16; |
| } |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off) |
| { |
| unsigned int num_rel; |
| if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| num_rel = 1; |
| else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL) |
| num_rel = 2; |
| else |
| { |
| num_rel = 1; |
| if (off + 0x800000000000ULL >= 0x1000000000000ULL |
| && ((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0) |
| num_rel += 1; |
| if (PPC_HI (off) != 0) |
| num_rel += 1; |
| if (PPC_LO (off) != 0) |
| num_rel += 1; |
| } |
| return num_rel; |
| } |
| |
| static Elf_Internal_Rela * |
| emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info *info, Elf_Internal_Rela *r, |
| bfd_vma roff, bfd_vma targ, bfd_vma off) |
| { |
| bfd_vma relative_targ = targ - (roff - 8); |
| if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd)) |
| roff += 2; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff; |
| if (off + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16); |
| else if (off + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL) |
| { |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA); |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO); |
| r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (off + 0x800000000000ULL < 0x1000000000000ULL) |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER); |
| else |
| { |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST); |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffff) != 0) |
| { |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER); |
| r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff; |
| } |
| } |
| if (((off >> 32) & 0xffffffffULL) != 0) |
| roff += 4; |
| if (PPC_HI (off) != 0) |
| { |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH); |
| r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff; |
| } |
| if (PPC_LO (off) != 0) |
| { |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO); |
| r->r_addend = relative_targ + roff; |
| } |
| } |
| return r; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| build_power10_offset (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma off, int odd, |
| bfd_boolean load) |
| { |
| uint64_t insn; |
| if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34) |
| { |
| off -= odd; |
| if (odd) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, NOP, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (load) |
| insn = PLD_R12_PC; |
| else |
| insn = PADDI_R12_PC; |
| insn |= D34 (off); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p); |
| } |
| /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value |
| for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a |
| minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is |
| 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */ |
| else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32) |
| { |
| off -= 8 - odd; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LI_R11_0 | (HA34 (off) & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (!odd) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| insn = PADDI_R12_PC | D34 (off); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (odd) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (load) |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| off -= odd + 8; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LIS_R11 | ((HA34 (off) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ORI_R11_R11_0 | (HA34 (off) & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (odd) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| insn = PADDI_R12_PC | D34 (off); |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn >> 32, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (!odd) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, SLDI_R11_R11_34, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (load) |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, LDX_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, ADD_R12_R11_R12, p); |
| } |
| p += 4; |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off, int odd) |
| { |
| if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34) |
| return odd + 8; |
| else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32) |
| return 20; |
| else |
| return 24; |
| } |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off, int odd) |
| { |
| if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34) |
| return 1; |
| else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32) |
| return 2; |
| else |
| return 3; |
| } |
| |
| static Elf_Internal_Rela * |
| emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *r, bfd_vma roff, |
| bfd_vma targ, bfd_vma off, int odd) |
| { |
| if (off - odd + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34) |
| roff += odd; |
| else if (off - (8 - odd) + (0x20002ULL << 32) < 0x40004ULL << 32) |
| { |
| int d_offset = bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd) ? 2 : 0; |
| r->r_offset = roff + d_offset; |
| r->r_addend = targ + 8 - odd - d_offset; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34); |
| ++r; |
| roff += 8 - odd; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| int d_offset = bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd) ? 2 : 0; |
| r->r_offset = roff + d_offset; |
| r->r_addend = targ + 8 + odd - d_offset; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34); |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4; |
| r->r_offset = roff + d_offset; |
| r->r_addend = targ + 4 + odd - d_offset; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34); |
| ++r; |
| roff += 4 + odd; |
| } |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_addend = targ; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34); |
| return r; |
| } |
| |
| /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */ |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| eh_advance (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *eh, unsigned int delta) |
| { |
| delta /= 4; |
| if (delta < 64) |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + delta; |
| else if (delta < 256) |
| { |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; |
| *eh++ = delta; |
| } |
| else if (delta < 65536) |
| { |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; |
| bfd_put_16 (abfd, delta, eh); |
| eh += 2; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; |
| bfd_put_32 (abfd, delta, eh); |
| eh += 4; |
| } |
| return eh; |
| } |
| |
| /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */ |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta) |
| { |
| if (delta < 64 * 4) |
| /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */ |
| return 1; |
| if (delta < 256 * 4) |
| /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */ |
| return 2; |
| if (delta < 65536 * 4) |
| /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */ |
| return 3; |
| /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */ |
| return 5; |
| } |
| |
| /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so |
| to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a |
| stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire |
| barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the |
| toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry |
| word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to |
| the appropriate glink entry if so. |
| |
| . fake dep barrier compare |
| . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2) |
| . mtctr 12 mtctr 12 |
| . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2) |
| . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0 |
| . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+ |
| . bctr b <glink_entry> |
| |
| The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so |
| that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */ |
| |
| #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0 |
| #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0 |
| |
| static inline unsigned int |
| plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| bfd_vma off, |
| unsigned int odd) |
| { |
| unsigned size; |
| |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc) |
| { |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| size = 8 + size_power10_offset (off, odd); |
| else |
| size = 8 + size_offset (off - 8); |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type > ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc) |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| size = 12; |
| if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| size += 4; |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| size += 4; |
| if (htab->params->plt_static_chain) |
| size += 4; |
| if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe |
| && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx != -1) |
| size += 8; |
| if (PPC_HA (off + 8 + 8 * htab->params->plt_static_chain) |
| != PPC_HA (off)) |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt) |
| { |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| { |
| size += 30 * 4; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| size += 7 * 4; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| size += 6 * 4; |
| } |
| } |
| return size; |
| } |
| |
| /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align: |
| If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align |
| boundary. |
| If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align |
| boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */ |
| |
| static inline unsigned int |
| plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| bfd_vma plt_off, |
| unsigned int odd) |
| { |
| int stub_align; |
| unsigned stub_size; |
| bfd_vma stub_off = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size; |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align >= 0) |
| { |
| stub_align = 1 << htab->params->plt_stub_align; |
| if ((stub_off & (stub_align - 1)) != 0) |
| return stub_align - (stub_off & (stub_align - 1)); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| stub_align = 1 << -htab->params->plt_stub_align; |
| stub_size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, plt_off, odd); |
| if (((stub_off + stub_size - 1) & -stub_align) - (stub_off & -stub_align) |
| > ((stub_size - 1) & -stub_align)) |
| return stub_align - (stub_off & (stub_align - 1)); |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /* Build a .plt call stub. */ |
| |
| static inline bfd_byte * |
| build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| bfd_byte *p, bfd_vma offset, Elf_Internal_Rela *r) |
| { |
| bfd *obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| bfd_boolean plt_load_toc = htab->opd_abi; |
| bfd_boolean plt_static_chain = htab->params->plt_static_chain; |
| bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe = (htab->params->plt_thread_safe |
| && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| && stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && stub_entry->h->elf.dynindx != -1); |
| bfd_boolean use_fake_dep = plt_thread_safe; |
| bfd_vma cmp_branch_off = 0; |
| |
| if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP |
| && plt_load_toc |
| && plt_thread_safe |
| && !(stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt)) |
| { |
| bfd_vma pltoff = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1; |
| bfd_vma pltindex = ((pltoff - PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab)) |
| / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab)); |
| bfd_vma glinkoff = GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) + pltindex * 8; |
| bfd_vma to, from; |
| |
| if (pltindex > 32768) |
| glinkoff += (pltindex - 32768) * 4; |
| to = (glinkoff |
| + htab->glink->output_offset |
| + htab->glink->output_section->vma); |
| from = (p - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents |
| + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset) != 0) |
| + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) |
| != PPC_HA (offset)) |
| + 4 * (plt_static_chain != 0) |
| + 20 |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| cmp_branch_off = to - from; |
| use_fake_dep = cmp_branch_off + (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26); |
| } |
| |
| if (PPC_HA (offset) != 0) |
| { |
| if (r != NULL) |
| { |
| if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| r[0].r_offset += 4; |
| r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA); |
| r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4; |
| r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS); |
| r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend; |
| if (plt_load_toc) |
| { |
| if (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset)) |
| { |
| r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 4; |
| r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO); |
| r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep; |
| r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS); |
| r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8; |
| if (plt_static_chain) |
| { |
| r[3].r_offset = r[2].r_offset + 4; |
| r[3].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS); |
| r[3].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 16; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p), p += 4; |
| if (plt_load_toc) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R11_R2 | PPC_HA (offset), p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (offset), p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4; |
| } |
| if (plt_load_toc |
| && PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset)) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R11_R11 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4; |
| offset = 0; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p), p += 4; |
| if (plt_load_toc) |
| { |
| if (use_fake_dep) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, XOR_R2_R12_R12, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R11_R11_R2, p), p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset + 8), p), p += 4; |
| if (plt_static_chain) |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R11 | PPC_LO (offset + 16), p), p += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (r != NULL) |
| { |
| if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| r[0].r_offset += 4; |
| r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS); |
| if (plt_load_toc) |
| { |
| if (PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset)) |
| { |
| r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4; |
| r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16); |
| r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep; |
| r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS); |
| r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain; |
| if (plt_static_chain) |
| { |
| r[2].r_offset = r[1].r_offset + 4; |
| r[2].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS); |
| r[2].r_addend = r[0].r_addend + 8; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4; |
| if (plt_load_toc |
| && PPC_HA (offset + 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain) != PPC_HA (offset)) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (offset), p), p += 4; |
| offset = 0; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p), p += 4; |
| if (plt_load_toc) |
| { |
| if (use_fake_dep) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, XOR_R11_R12_R12, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R2_R2_R11, p), p += 4; |
| } |
| if (plt_static_chain) |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R11_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset + 16), p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R2 | PPC_LO (offset + 8), p), p += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| if (plt_load_toc && plt_thread_safe && !use_fake_dep) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, CMPLDI_R2_0, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BNECTR_P4, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, B_DOT | (cmp_branch_off & 0x3fffffc), p), p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTR, p), p += 4; |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */ |
| |
| #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000 |
| #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000 |
| #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78 |
| #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000 |
| #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14 |
| #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 |
| #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378 |
| #define BCTRL 0x4e800421 |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| build_tls_get_addr_head (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| bfd_byte *p) |
| { |
| bfd *obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R0_0R3 + 0, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R3 + 8, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, CMPDI_R0_0, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MR_R0_R3, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADD_R3_R12_R13, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BEQLR, p), p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MR_R3_R0, p), p += 4; |
| |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| p = tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd, p, htab); |
| else if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MFLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R0_0R1 + STK_LINKER (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| build_tls_get_addr_tail (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| bfd_byte *p, |
| bfd_byte *loc) |
| { |
| bfd *obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTRL, p - 4); |
| |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| p = tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd, p, htab); |
| } |
| else if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTRL, p - 4); |
| |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R0_0R1 + STK_LINKER (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BLR, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *base, *eh; |
| |
| base = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents + stub_entry->group->eh_base + 17; |
| eh = base + stub_entry->group->eh_size; |
| |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| { |
| unsigned int cfa_updt, delta, i; |
| |
| /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit |
| .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In |
| fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather |
| than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be |
| specified by that point. |
| See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program. |
| Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after |
| the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs |
| after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa |
| change there. */ |
| cfa_updt = stub_entry->stub_offset + 18 * 4; |
| delta = cfa_updt - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore |
| = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - loc) - 4; |
| eh = eh_advance (htab->elf.dynobj, eh, delta); |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| *eh++ = 128; |
| *eh++ = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| *eh++ = 96; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| *eh++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f; |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_offset + i; |
| *eh++ = (htab->opd_abi ? 13 : 12) - i; |
| } |
| *eh++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc |
| + (stub_entry->group->lr_restore - 8 - cfa_updt) / 4); |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; |
| *eh++ = 0; |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore + i; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 2; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size = eh - base; |
| } |
| else if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| unsigned int lr_used, delta; |
| |
| lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - 20 - loc); |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 16; |
| eh = eh_advance (htab->elf.dynobj, eh, delta); |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| *eh++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab) / 8) & 0x7f; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size = eh - base; |
| } |
| } |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| static Elf_Internal_Rela * |
| get_relocs (asection *sec, int count) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *elfsec_data; |
| |
| elfsec_data = elf_section_data (sec); |
| relocs = elfsec_data->relocs; |
| if (relocs == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type relsize; |
| relsize = sec->reloc_count * sizeof (*relocs); |
| relocs = bfd_alloc (sec->owner, relsize); |
| if (relocs == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| elfsec_data->relocs = relocs; |
| elfsec_data->rela.hdr = bfd_zalloc (sec->owner, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| if (elfsec_data->rela.hdr == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| elfsec_data->rela.hdr->sh_size = (sec->reloc_count |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| elfsec_data->rela.hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| sec->reloc_count = 0; |
| } |
| relocs += sec->reloc_count; |
| sec->reloc_count += count; |
| return relocs; |
| } |
| |
| /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol |
| forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by |
| STUB_ENTRY->H. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *r, unsigned int num_rel) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **hashes; |
| unsigned long symndx; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h; |
| bfd_vma symval; |
| |
| /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake |
| up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */ |
| hashes = elf_sym_hashes (htab->params->stub_bfd); |
| if (hashes == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type hsize; |
| |
| /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the |
| total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After |
| allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the |
| hashes array. */ |
| hsize = (htab->stub_globals + 1) * sizeof (*hashes); |
| hashes = bfd_zalloc (htab->params->stub_bfd, hsize); |
| if (hashes == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| elf_sym_hashes (htab->params->stub_bfd) = hashes; |
| htab->stub_globals = 1; |
| } |
| symndx = htab->stub_globals++; |
| h = stub_entry->h; |
| hashes[symndx] = &h->elf; |
| if (h->oh != NULL && h->oh->is_func) |
| h = ppc_follow_link (h->oh); |
| BFD_ASSERT (h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| symval = defined_sym_val (&h->elf); |
| while (num_rel-- != 0) |
| { |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (symndx, ELF64_R_TYPE (r->r_info)); |
| if (h->elf.root.u.def.section != stub_entry->target_section) |
| { |
| /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the |
| branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */ |
| r->r_addend = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| else |
| r->r_addend -= symval; |
| --r; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_vma |
| get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| bfd_vma r2off = htab->sec_info[stub_entry->target_section->id].toc_off; |
| |
| if (r2off == 0) |
| { |
| /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the |
| opd entry. */ |
| char buf[8]; |
| if (!htab->opd_abi) |
| return r2off; |
| asection *opd = stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| bfd_vma opd_off = stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.value; |
| |
| if (strcmp (opd->name, ".opd") != 0 |
| || opd->reloc_count != 0) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"), |
| stub_entry->h->elf.root.root.string); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| } |
| if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd->owner, opd, buf, opd_off + 8, 8)) |
| return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| r2off = bfd_get_64 (opd->owner, buf); |
| r2off -= elf_gp (info->output_bfd); |
| } |
| r2off -= htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off; |
| return r2off; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry, void *in_arg) |
| { |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *br_entry; |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| bfd *obfd; |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| bfd_byte *p, *relp; |
| bfd_vma targ, off; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *r; |
| asection *plt; |
| int num_rel; |
| int odd; |
| bfd_boolean is_tga; |
| |
| /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */ |
| stub_entry = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry; |
| info = in_arg; |
| |
| /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output |
| section. The user should fix his linker script. */ |
| if (stub_entry->target_section != NULL |
| && stub_entry->target_section->output_section == NULL |
| && info->non_contiguous_regions) |
| info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. " |
| "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"), |
| stub_entry->target_section); |
| |
| /* Same for the group. */ |
| if (stub_entry->group->stub_sec != NULL |
| && stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section == NULL |
| && info->non_contiguous_regions) |
| info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an " |
| "output section. Retry without " |
| "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"), |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec, |
| stub_entry->target_section); |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry->stub_offset >= stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size); |
| loc = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents + stub_entry->stub_offset; |
| |
| htab->stub_count[stub_entry->stub_type - 1] += 1; |
| switch (stub_entry->stub_type) |
| { |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off: |
| /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */ |
| targ = (stub_entry->target_value |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma); |
| targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other); |
| |
| /* And this is where we are coming from. */ |
| off = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| p = loc; |
| obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off) |
| { |
| bfd_vma r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry); |
| |
| if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R2_R2 | PPC_HA (r2off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (r2off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| off -= p - loc; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, B_DOT | (off & 0x3fffffc), p); |
| p += 4; |
| |
| if (off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26)) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"), |
| stub_entry->root.string); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, 1); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| r->r_offset = p - 4 - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24); |
| r->r_addend = targ; |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && !use_global_in_relocs (htab, stub_entry, r, 1)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off: |
| br_entry = ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab->branch_hash_table, |
| stub_entry->root.string + 9, |
| FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (br_entry == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"), |
| stub_entry->root.string); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| targ = (stub_entry->target_value |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma); |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off) |
| targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other); |
| |
| bfd_put_64 (htab->brlt->owner, targ, |
| htab->brlt->contents + br_entry->offset); |
| |
| if (br_entry->iter == htab->stub_iteration) |
| { |
| br_entry->iter = 0; |
| |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| bfd_byte *rl; |
| |
| rela.r_offset = (br_entry->offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_section->vma); |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| rela.r_addend = targ; |
| |
| rl = htab->relbrlt->contents; |
| rl += (htab->relbrlt->reloc_count++ |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab->relbrlt->owner, &rela, rl); |
| } |
| else if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| r = get_relocs (htab->brlt, 1); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the |
| normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not |
| translated from input file to output file form, so |
| set up the offset per the output file. */ |
| r->r_offset = (br_entry->offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_section->vma); |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| r->r_addend = targ; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| targ = (br_entry->offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_section->vma); |
| |
| off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd) |
| + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off); |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 7) != 0) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"), |
| stub_entry->root.string); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, 1 + (PPC_HA (off) != 0)); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| r[0].r_offset = loc - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents; |
| if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd)) |
| r[0].r_offset += 2; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off) |
| r[0].r_offset += 4; |
| r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS); |
| r[0].r_addend = targ; |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| { |
| r[0].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA); |
| r[1].r_offset = r[0].r_offset + 4; |
| r[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS); |
| r[1].r_addend = r[0].r_addend; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| p = loc; |
| obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off) |
| { |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p); |
| } |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (off), p); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_vma r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry); |
| |
| if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R12_R2 | PPC_HA (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p); |
| } |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, LD_R12_0R2 | PPC_LO (off), p); |
| |
| if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0) |
| { |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDIS_R2_R2 | PPC_HA (r2off), p); |
| } |
| if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0) |
| { |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, ADDI_R2_R2 | PPC_LO (r2off), p); |
| } |
| } |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTR, p); |
| p += 4; |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_both: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_both: |
| p = loc; |
| off = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| is_tga = ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| && stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt); |
| if (is_tga) |
| { |
| p = build_tls_get_addr_head (htab, stub_entry, p); |
| off += p - loc; |
| } |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| off += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc) |
| { |
| targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1; |
| if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| abort (); |
| |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry->h))) |
| { |
| if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| } |
| else |
| targ = (stub_entry->target_value |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma); |
| odd = off & 4; |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| relp = p; |
| num_rel = 0; |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean load = stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc; |
| p = build_power10_offset (obfd, p, off, odd, load); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *base, *eh; |
| unsigned int lr_used, delta; |
| |
| base = (htab->glink_eh_frame->contents |
| + stub_entry->group->eh_base + 17); |
| eh = base + stub_entry->group->eh_size; |
| lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - loc) + 8; |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8; |
| eh = eh_advance (htab->elf.dynobj, eh, delta); |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_register; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| *eh++ = 12; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 2; |
| *eh++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| *eh++ = 65; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size = eh - base; |
| } |
| |
| /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or |
| the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC |
| returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the |
| sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8 |
| less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */ |
| off -= 8; |
| p = build_offset (obfd, p, off, |
| stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc); |
| } |
| |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_long_branch_both) |
| { |
| bfd_vma from; |
| num_rel = 1; |
| from = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma |
| + (p - loc)); |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, B_DOT | ((targ - from) & 0x3fffffc), p); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, MTCTR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (obfd, BCTR, p); |
| } |
| p += 4; |
| |
| if (is_tga) |
| p = build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab, stub_entry, p, loc); |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| bfd_vma roff = relp - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents; |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| num_rel += num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off, odd); |
| else |
| { |
| num_rel += num_relocs_for_offset (off); |
| roff += 16; |
| } |
| r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, num_rel); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| r = emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info, r, roff, targ, off, odd); |
| else |
| r = emit_relocs_for_offset (info, r, roff, targ, off); |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both) |
| { |
| ++r; |
| roff = p - 4 - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents; |
| r->r_offset = roff; |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24); |
| r->r_addend = targ; |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && !use_global_in_relocs (htab, stub_entry, r, num_rel)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save: |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && stub_entry->h->is_func_descriptor |
| && stub_entry->h->oh != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fh = ppc_follow_link (stub_entry->h->oh); |
| |
| /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so |
| we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */ |
| if (fh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| && (stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| fh->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now build the stub. */ |
| targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1; |
| if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| abort (); |
| |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry->h))) |
| { |
| if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| |
| off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd) |
| + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off); |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 7) != 0) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"), |
| stub_entry->h != NULL |
| ? stub_entry->h->elf.root.root.string |
| : "<local sym>"); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| r = NULL; |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| r = get_relocs (stub_entry->group->stub_sec, |
| ((PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| + (htab->opd_abi |
| ? 2 + (htab->params->plt_static_chain |
| && PPC_HA (off + 16) == PPC_HA (off)) |
| : 1))); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| r[0].r_offset = loc - stub_entry->group->stub_sec->contents; |
| if (bfd_big_endian (info->output_bfd)) |
| r[0].r_offset += 2; |
| r[0].r_addend = targ; |
| } |
| p = loc; |
| obfd = htab->params->stub_bfd; |
| is_tga = (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt); |
| if (is_tga) |
| { |
| p = build_tls_get_addr_head (htab, stub_entry, p); |
| if (r != NULL) |
| r[0].r_offset += p - loc; |
| } |
| p = build_plt_stub (htab, stub_entry, p, off, r); |
| if (is_tga) |
| p = build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab, stub_entry, p, loc); |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_save_res: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| default: |
| BFD_FAIL (); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size = stub_entry->stub_offset + (p - loc); |
| |
| if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| size_t len1, len2; |
| char *name; |
| const char *const stub_str[] = { "long_branch", |
| "long_branch", |
| "long_branch", |
| "long_branch", |
| "plt_branch", |
| "plt_branch", |
| "plt_branch", |
| "plt_branch", |
| "plt_call", |
| "plt_call", |
| "plt_call", |
| "plt_call" }; |
| |
| len1 = strlen (stub_str[stub_entry->stub_type - 1]); |
| len2 = strlen (stub_entry->root.string); |
| name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + 2); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (name, stub_entry->root.string, 9); |
| memcpy (name + 9, stub_str[stub_entry->stub_type - 1], len1); |
| memcpy (name + len1 + 9, stub_entry->root.string + 8, len2 - 8 + 1); |
| h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (h == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| { |
| h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| h->root.u.def.section = stub_entry->group->stub_sec; |
| h->root.u.def.value = stub_entry->stub_offset; |
| h->ref_regular = 1; |
| h->def_regular = 1; |
| h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| h->forced_local = 1; |
| h->non_elf = 0; |
| h->root.linker_def = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so |
| we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where |
| long_branch stubs won't do. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry, void *in_arg) |
| { |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| asection *plt; |
| bfd_vma targ, off, r2off; |
| unsigned int size, extra, lr_used, delta, odd; |
| |
| /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */ |
| stub_entry = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry; |
| info = in_arg; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output |
| section. The user should fix his linker script. */ |
| if (stub_entry->target_section != NULL |
| && stub_entry->target_section->output_section == NULL |
| && info->non_contiguous_regions) |
| info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. " |
| "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"), |
| stub_entry->target_section); |
| |
| /* Same for the group. */ |
| if (stub_entry->group->stub_sec != NULL |
| && stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section == NULL |
| && info->non_contiguous_regions) |
| info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an " |
| "output section. Retry without " |
| "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"), |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec, |
| stub_entry->target_section); |
| |
| /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */ |
| stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size; |
| |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && stub_entry->h->save_res |
| && stub_entry->h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && stub_entry->h->elf.root.u.def.section == htab->sfpr) |
| { |
| /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore |
| functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */ |
| stub_entry->group->needs_save_res = 1; |
| stub_entry->stub_type = ppc_stub_save_res; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| switch (stub_entry->stub_type) |
| { |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off: |
| /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now |
| can reach with a shorter stub. */ |
| stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_long_branch - ppc_stub_plt_branch; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off: |
| targ = (stub_entry->target_value |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma); |
| targ += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry->other); |
| off = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| |
| size = 4; |
| r2off = 0; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off) |
| { |
| r2off = get_r2off (info, stub_entry); |
| if (r2off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| size = 8; |
| if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| off += size - 4; |
| } |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch. |
| Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */ |
| if ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off |
| && r2off == 0 |
| && htab->sec_info[stub_entry->target_section->id].toc_off == 0) |
| || off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26)) |
| { |
| struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *br_entry; |
| |
| br_entry = ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab->branch_hash_table, |
| stub_entry->root.string + 9, |
| TRUE, FALSE); |
| if (br_entry == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"), |
| stub_entry->root.string); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (br_entry->iter != htab->stub_iteration) |
| { |
| br_entry->iter = htab->stub_iteration; |
| br_entry->offset = htab->brlt->size; |
| htab->brlt->size += 8; |
| |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL) |
| htab->relbrlt->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| else if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| htab->brlt->reloc_count += 1; |
| htab->brlt->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| targ = (br_entry->offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_offset |
| + htab->brlt->output_section->vma); |
| off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd) |
| + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off); |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count |
| += 1 + (PPC_HA (off) != 0); |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_plt_branch - ppc_stub_long_branch; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off) |
| { |
| size = 12; |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| size = 16; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| size = 16; |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| |
| if (PPC_HA (r2off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| if (PPC_LO (r2off) != 0) |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| else if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += 1; |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both: |
| stub_entry->stub_type += ppc_stub_long_branch - ppc_stub_plt_branch; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_both: |
| off = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| size = 0; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both) |
| size = 4; |
| off += size; |
| targ = (stub_entry->target_value |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma); |
| odd = off & 4; |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| unsigned int num_rel; |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| num_rel = num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off, odd); |
| else |
| num_rel = num_relocs_for_offset (off - 8); |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += num_rel; |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| extra = size_power10_offset (off, odd); |
| else |
| extra = size_offset (off - 8); |
| /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */ |
| size += 4 + extra; |
| /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So |
| its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already |
| calculated. */ |
| off -= extra; |
| |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs == 0) |
| { |
| /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit |
| .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */ |
| lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + 8; |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both) |
| lr_used += 4; |
| /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or |
| variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2, |
| DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */ |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */ |
| if (off + (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma) (1 << 26)) |
| { |
| stub_entry->stub_type += (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc |
| - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc); |
| size += 4; |
| } |
| else if (info->emitrelocations) |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count +=1; |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_both: |
| lr_used = 0; |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt) |
| { |
| lr_used += 7 * 4; |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| lr_used += 11 * 4; |
| else if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| lr_used += 2 * 4; |
| } |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| lr_used += 4; |
| targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~1; |
| if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| abort (); |
| |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry->h))) |
| { |
| if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| off = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_entry->group->stub_sec->output_section->vma |
| + lr_used); |
| odd = off & 4; |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned pad = plt_stub_pad (htab, stub_entry, off, odd); |
| |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += pad; |
| stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size; |
| off -= pad; |
| odd ^= pad & 4; |
| } |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| unsigned int num_rel; |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs != 0) |
| num_rel = num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off, odd); |
| else |
| num_rel = num_relocs_for_offset (off - 8); |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count += num_rel; |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| |
| size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, off, odd); |
| |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs == 0) |
| { |
| /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit |
| .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */ |
| lr_used += stub_entry->stub_offset + 8; |
| /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or |
| variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2, |
| DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */ |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore = lr_used + 8; |
| } |
| if ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| && stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt) |
| { |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| { |
| unsigned int cfa_updt = stub_entry->stub_offset + 18 * 4; |
| delta = cfa_updt - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta); |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += htab->opd_abi ? 36 : 35; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore |
| = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 4; |
| } |
| else if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 20; |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6; |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore |
| = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 4; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save: |
| targ = stub_entry->plt_ent->plt.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1; |
| if (targ >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| abort (); |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry->h))) |
| { |
| if (stub_entry->symtype == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| targ += plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| |
| off = (elf_gp (info->output_bfd) |
| + htab->sec_info[stub_entry->group->link_sec->id].toc_off); |
| off = targ - off; |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned pad = plt_stub_pad (htab, stub_entry, off, 0); |
| |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += pad; |
| stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size; |
| } |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->reloc_count |
| += ((PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| + (htab->opd_abi |
| ? 2 + (htab->params->plt_static_chain |
| && PPC_HA (off + 16) == PPC_HA (off)) |
| : 1)); |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| |
| size = plt_stub_size (htab, stub_entry, off, 0); |
| |
| if (stub_entry->h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry->h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt |
| && stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| { |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave) |
| { |
| /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */ |
| unsigned int cfa_updt = stub_entry->stub_offset + 18 * 4; |
| delta = cfa_updt - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta); |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += htab->opd_abi ? 36 : 35; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| lr_used = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 20; |
| /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc |
| or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff, |
| DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */ |
| delta = lr_used - stub_entry->group->lr_restore; |
| stub_entry->group->eh_size += eh_advance_size (delta) + 6; |
| } |
| stub_entry->group->lr_restore = stub_entry->stub_offset + size - 4; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| BFD_FAIL (); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry->group->stub_sec->size += size; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections |
| for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error, |
| 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */ |
| |
| int |
| ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| unsigned int id; |
| size_t amt; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| htab->sec_info_arr_size = _bfd_section_id; |
| amt = sizeof (*htab->sec_info) * (htab->sec_info_arr_size); |
| htab->sec_info = bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
| if (htab->sec_info == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */ |
| for (id = 0; id < 3; id++) |
| htab->sec_info[id].toc_off = TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */ |
| |
| void |
| ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| htab->toc_curr = ppc64_elf_set_toc (info, info->output_bfd); |
| htab->toc_bfd = NULL; |
| htab->toc_first_sec = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section |
| and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc |
| within a group is less than 64k in size. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| bfd_vma addr, off, limit; |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!htab->second_toc_pass) |
| { |
| /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */ |
| bfd_boolean new_bfd = htab->toc_bfd != isec->owner; |
| |
| if (new_bfd) |
| { |
| htab->toc_bfd = isec->owner; |
| htab->toc_first_sec = isec; |
| } |
| |
| addr = isec->output_offset + isec->output_section->vma; |
| off = addr - htab->toc_curr; |
| limit = 0x80008000; |
| if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec->owner)->has_small_toc_reloc) |
| limit = 0x10000; |
| if (off + isec->size > limit) |
| { |
| addr = (htab->toc_first_sec->output_offset |
| + htab->toc_first_sec->output_section->vma); |
| htab->toc_curr = addr; |
| htab->toc_curr &= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN; |
| } |
| |
| /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp |
| for the input section to be the offset relative to the |
| output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an |
| offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without |
| recalculating input elf_gp. */ |
| off = htab->toc_curr - elf_gp (info->output_bfd); |
| off += TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| |
| /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input |
| file .toc and .got together. */ |
| if (new_bfd |
| && elf_gp (isec->owner) != 0 |
| && elf_gp (isec->owner) != off) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| elf_gp (isec->owner) = off; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of |
| a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp. |
| We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */ |
| if (htab->toc_bfd == isec->owner) |
| return TRUE; |
| htab->toc_bfd = isec->owner; |
| |
| if (htab->toc_first_sec == NULL |
| || htab->toc_curr != elf_gp (isec->owner)) |
| { |
| htab->toc_curr = elf_gp (isec->owner); |
| htab->toc_first_sec = isec; |
| } |
| addr = (htab->toc_first_sec->output_offset |
| + htab->toc_first_sec->output_section->vma); |
| off = addr - elf_gp (info->output_bfd) + TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| elf_gp (isec->owner) = off; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global |
| symbol H. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| merge_got_entries (&h->got.glist); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global |
| symbol H. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *gent; |
| |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| for (gent = h->got.glist; gent != NULL; gent = gent->next) |
| if (!gent->is_indirect) |
| allocate_got (h, (struct bfd_link_info *) inf, gent); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to |
| ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT |
| entries. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| struct bfd *ibfd, *ibfd2; |
| bfd_boolean done_something; |
| |
| htab->multi_toc_needed = htab->toc_curr != elf_gp (info->output_bfd); |
| |
| if (!htab->do_multi_toc) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */ |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, merge_global_got, info); |
| |
| /* And tlsld_got. */ |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent, *ent2; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd); |
| if (!ent->is_indirect |
| && ent->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| for (ibfd2 = ibfd->link.next; ibfd2 != NULL; ibfd2 = ibfd2->link.next) |
| { |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2)) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent2 = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2); |
| if (!ent2->is_indirect |
| && ent2->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| && elf_gp (ibfd2) == elf_gp (ibfd)) |
| { |
| ent2->is_indirect = TRUE; |
| ent2->got.ent = ent; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Zap sizes of got sections. */ |
| htab->elf.irelplt->rawsize = htab->elf.irelplt->size; |
| htab->elf.irelplt->size -= htab->got_reli_size; |
| htab->got_reli_size = 0; |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| asection *got, *relgot; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| if (got != NULL) |
| { |
| got->rawsize = got->size; |
| got->size = 0; |
| relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| relgot->rawsize = relgot->size; |
| relgot->size = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to |
| allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */ |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **lgot_ents; |
| struct got_entry **end_lgot_ents; |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt; |
| struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; |
| unsigned char *lgot_masks; |
| bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd); |
| if (!lgot_ents) |
| continue; |
| |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount; |
| local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents; |
| end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; |
| lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) end_local_plt; |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| for (; lgot_ents < end_lgot_ents; ++lgot_ents, ++lgot_masks) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = *lgot_ents; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| { |
| unsigned int ent_size = 8; |
| unsigned int rel_size = sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| |
| ent->got.offset = s->size; |
| if ((ent->tls_type & *lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0) |
| { |
| ent_size *= 2; |
| rel_size *= 2; |
| } |
| s->size += ent_size; |
| if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) |
| { |
| htab->elf.irelplt->size += rel_size; |
| htab->got_reli_size += rel_size; |
| } |
| else if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && !(ent->tls_type != 0 |
| && bfd_link_executable (info))) |
| { |
| asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| srel->size += rel_size; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, reallocate_got, info); |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd); |
| if (!ent->is_indirect |
| && ent->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| asection *s = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| ent->got.offset = s->size; |
| s->size += 16; |
| if (bfd_link_dll (info)) |
| { |
| asection *srel = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->relgot; |
| srel->size += sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| done_something = htab->elf.irelplt->rawsize != htab->elf.irelplt->size; |
| if (!done_something) |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| asection *got; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd)->got; |
| if (got != NULL) |
| { |
| done_something = got->rawsize != got->size; |
| if (done_something) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (done_something) |
| (*htab->params->layout_sections_again) (); |
| |
| /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp |
| on input sections. */ |
| htab->toc_bfd = NULL; |
| htab->toc_first_sec = NULL; |
| htab->second_toc_pass = TRUE; |
| return done_something; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */ |
| |
| void |
| ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used |
| for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */ |
| htab->toc_curr = TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| } |
| |
| /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no |
| calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching |
| into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will |
| load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub |
| needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason |
| for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of |
| 2 means the same as a return of 0. */ |
| |
| static int |
| toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec) |
| { |
| int ret; |
| |
| /* Mark this section as checked. */ |
| isec->call_check_done = 1; |
| |
| /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */ |
| if ((isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (isec->size == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (isec->output_section == NULL) |
| return 0; |
| |
| ret = 0; |
| if (isec->reloc_count != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec->owner, isec, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (relstart == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */ |
| local_syms = NULL; |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| for (rel = relstart; rel < relstart + isec->reloc_count; ++rel) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned long r_symndx; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *eh; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| bfd_vma sym_value; |
| bfd_vma dest; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24 |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14 |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC) |
| continue; |
| |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, r_symndx, |
| isec->owner)) |
| { |
| ret = -1; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub |
| that uses r2. */ |
| eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| if (eh != NULL |
| && (eh->elf.plt.plist != NULL |
| || (eh->oh != NULL |
| && ppc_follow_link (eh->oh)->elf.plt.plist != NULL))) |
| { |
| ret = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (sym_sec == NULL) |
| /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */ |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the |
| link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */ |
| if (sym_sec->output_section == NULL) |
| { |
| ret = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (h == NULL) |
| sym_value = sym->st_value; |
| else |
| { |
| if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| abort (); |
| sym_value = h->root.u.def.value; |
| } |
| sym_value += rel->r_addend; |
| |
| /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */ |
| opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec); |
| if (opd != NULL) |
| { |
| if (h == NULL && opd->adjust != NULL) |
| { |
| long adjust; |
| |
| adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym_value)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */ |
| continue; |
| sym_value += adjust; |
| } |
| |
| dest = opd_entry_value (sym_sec, sym_value, |
| &sym_sec, NULL, FALSE); |
| if (dest == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| continue; |
| } |
| else |
| dest = (sym_value |
| + sym_sec->output_offset |
| + sym_sec->output_section->vma); |
| |
| /* Ignore branch to self. */ |
| if (sym_sec == isec) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */ |
| if (sym_sec->has_toc_reloc |
| || sym_sec->makes_toc_func_call) |
| { |
| ret = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact |
| need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */ |
| else if (dest - (isec->output_offset |
| + isec->output_section->vma |
| + rel->r_offset) + (1 << 25) |
| >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h |
| ? h->other |
| : sym->st_other)) |
| { |
| ret = 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* If calling back to a section in the process of being |
| tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs |
| are needed, so don't return zero. */ |
| else if (sym_sec->call_check_in_progress) |
| ret = 2; |
| |
| /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC |
| references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */ |
| else if (!sym_sec->call_check_done) |
| { |
| int recur; |
| |
| /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other |
| sections that call back to current won't be marked as |
| known. */ |
| isec->call_check_in_progress = 1; |
| recur = toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, sym_sec); |
| isec->call_check_in_progress = 0; |
| |
| if (recur != 0) |
| { |
| ret = recur; |
| if (recur != 2) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec->owner).contents |
| != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != relstart) |
| free (relstart); |
| } |
| |
| if ((ret & 1) == 0 |
| && isec->map_head.s != NULL |
| && (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 |
| || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) |
| { |
| if (isec->map_head.s->has_toc_reloc |
| || isec->map_head.s->makes_toc_func_call) |
| ret = 1; |
| else if (!isec->map_head.s->call_check_done) |
| { |
| int recur; |
| isec->call_check_in_progress = 1; |
| recur = toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, isec->map_head.s); |
| isec->call_check_in_progress = 0; |
| if (recur != 0) |
| ret = recur; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (ret == 1) |
| isec->makes_toc_func_call = 1; |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section, |
| in the order that input sections are linked into output sections. |
| Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which |
| we may insert linker stubs. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if ((isec->output_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 |
| && isec->output_section->id < htab->sec_info_arr_size) |
| { |
| /* This happens to make the list in reverse order, |
| which is what we want. */ |
| htab->sec_info[isec->id].u.list |
| = htab->sec_info[isec->output_section->id].u.list; |
| htab->sec_info[isec->output_section->id].u.list = isec; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->multi_toc_needed) |
| { |
| /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a |
| valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel. |
| .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that |
| hit an exception. */ |
| if (!(isec->has_toc_reloc |
| || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 |
| || strcmp (isec->name, ".fixup") == 0 |
| || isec->call_check_done)) |
| { |
| if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info, isec) < 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file. |
| This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in |
| check_pasted_section(). */ |
| if (elf_gp (isec->owner) != 0) |
| htab->toc_curr = elf_gp (isec->owner); |
| } |
| |
| htab->sec_info[isec->id].toc_off = htab->toc_curr; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they |
| have toc relocs. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, const char *name) |
| { |
| asection *o = bfd_get_section_by_name (info->output_bfd, name); |
| |
| if (o != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| bfd_vma toc_off = 0; |
| asection *i; |
| |
| for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s) |
| if (i->has_toc_reloc) |
| { |
| if (toc_off == 0) |
| toc_off = htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off; |
| else if (toc_off != htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (toc_off == 0) |
| for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s) |
| if (i->makes_toc_func_call) |
| { |
| toc_off = htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */ |
| if (toc_off != 0) |
| for (i = o->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s) |
| htab->sec_info[i->id].toc_off = toc_off; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| return (check_pasted_section (info, ".init") |
| & check_pasted_section (info, ".fini")); |
| } |
| |
| /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub |
| sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to |
| put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or |
| .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the |
| _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in |
| the middle of a function is not a good idea. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| group_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| bfd_size_type stub_group_size, |
| bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| asection *osec; |
| bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| suppress_size_errors = FALSE; |
| if (stub_group_size == 1) |
| { |
| /* Default values. */ |
| if (stubs_always_before_branch) |
| stub_group_size = 0x1e00000; |
| else |
| stub_group_size = 0x1c00000; |
| suppress_size_errors = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| for (osec = info->output_bfd->sections; osec != NULL; osec = osec->next) |
| { |
| asection *tail; |
| |
| if (osec->id >= htab->sec_info_arr_size) |
| continue; |
| |
| tail = htab->sec_info[osec->id].u.list; |
| while (tail != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *curr; |
| asection *prev; |
| bfd_size_type total; |
| bfd_boolean big_sec; |
| bfd_vma curr_toc; |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| bfd_size_type group_size; |
| |
| curr = tail; |
| total = tail->size; |
| group_size = (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail) != NULL |
| && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail)->has_14bit_branch |
| ? stub_group_size >> 10 : stub_group_size); |
| |
| big_sec = total > group_size; |
| if (big_sec && !suppress_size_errors) |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"), |
| tail->owner, tail); |
| curr_toc = htab->sec_info[tail->id].toc_off; |
| |
| while ((prev = htab->sec_info[curr->id].u.list) != NULL |
| && ((total += curr->output_offset - prev->output_offset) |
| < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev) != NULL |
| && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev)->has_14bit_branch |
| ? (group_size = stub_group_size >> 10) : group_size)) |
| && htab->sec_info[prev->id].toc_off == curr_toc) |
| curr = prev; |
| |
| /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less |
| than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub |
| section. (or the tail section is itself larger than |
| group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should |
| really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added |
| here, as stubs contribute to the final output section |
| size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only |
| break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25, |
| ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more |
| than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */ |
| group = bfd_alloc (curr->owner, sizeof (*group)); |
| if (group == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| group->link_sec = curr; |
| group->stub_sec = NULL; |
| group->needs_save_res = 0; |
| group->lr_restore = 0; |
| group->eh_size = 0; |
| group->eh_base = 0; |
| group->next = htab->group; |
| htab->group = group; |
| do |
| { |
| prev = htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.list; |
| /* Set up this stub group. */ |
| htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.group = group; |
| } |
| while (tail != curr && (tail = prev) != NULL); |
| |
| /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size |
| bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too. |
| Don't do this if we have a really large section after the |
| stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that |
| branches may not reach into the stub section. */ |
| if (!stubs_always_before_branch && !big_sec) |
| { |
| total = 0; |
| while (prev != NULL |
| && ((total += tail->output_offset - prev->output_offset) |
| < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev) != NULL |
| && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev)->has_14bit_branch |
| ? (group_size = stub_group_size >> 10) |
| : group_size)) |
| && htab->sec_info[prev->id].toc_off == curr_toc) |
| { |
| tail = prev; |
| prev = htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.list; |
| htab->sec_info[tail->id].u.group = group; |
| } |
| } |
| tail = prev; |
| } |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = |
| { |
| 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ |
| 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ |
| 1, /* CIE version. */ |
| 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ |
| 4, /* Code alignment. */ |
| 0x78, /* Data alignment. */ |
| 65, /* RA reg. */ |
| 1, /* Augmentation size. */ |
| DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ |
| DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ |
| }; |
| |
| /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section |
| symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and |
| handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output |
| section. */ |
| |
| static void |
| maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec) |
| { |
| if (isec->size == 0 |
| && isec->output_section->size == 0 |
| && !(isec->output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) |
| && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info->output_bfd, |
| isec->output_section) |
| && elf_section_data (isec->output_section)->dynindx == 0) |
| { |
| isec->output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| bfd_section_list_remove (info->output_bfd, isec->output_section); |
| info->output_bfd->section_count--; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link. |
| |
| The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for |
| PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl" |
| instruction. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type stub_group_size; |
| bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs == -1 && !htab->has_power10_relocs) |
| htab->params->power10_stubs = 0; |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe == -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info)) |
| htab->params->plt_thread_safe = 1; |
| if (!htab->opd_abi) |
| htab->params->plt_thread_safe = 0; |
| else if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe == -1) |
| { |
| static const char *const thread_starter[] = |
| { |
| "pthread_create", |
| /* libstdc++ */ |
| "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE", |
| /* librt */ |
| "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio", |
| "mq_notify", "create_timer", |
| /* libanl */ |
| "getaddrinfo_a", |
| /* libgomp */ |
| "GOMP_parallel", |
| "GOMP_parallel_start", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_static", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime", |
| "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start", |
| "GOMP_parallel_sections", |
| "GOMP_parallel_sections_start", |
| /* libgo */ |
| "__go_go", |
| }; |
| unsigned i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter); i++) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, thread_starter[i], |
| FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| htab->params->plt_thread_safe = h != NULL && h->ref_regular; |
| if (htab->params->plt_thread_safe) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| stubs_always_before_branch = htab->params->group_size < 0; |
| if (htab->params->group_size < 0) |
| stub_group_size = -htab->params->group_size; |
| else |
| stub_group_size = htab->params->group_size; |
| |
| if (!group_sections (info, stub_group_size, stubs_always_before_branch)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| htab->tga_group = NULL; |
| if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_regsave |
| && htab->tga_desc_fd != NULL |
| && (htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| || htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| && htab->tls_get_addr_fd != NULL |
| && is_static_defined (&htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf)) |
| { |
| asection *sym_sec, *code_sec, *stub_sec; |
| bfd_vma sym_value; |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| |
| sym_sec = htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| sym_value = defined_sym_val (&htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf); |
| code_sec = sym_sec; |
| opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec); |
| if (opd != NULL) |
| opd_entry_value (sym_sec, sym_value, &code_sec, NULL, FALSE); |
| htab->tga_group = htab->sec_info[code_sec->id].u.group; |
| stub_sec = (*htab->params->add_stub_section) (".tga_desc.stub", |
| htab->tga_group->link_sec); |
| if (stub_sec == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| htab->tga_group->stub_sec = stub_sec; |
| |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.u.def.section = stub_sec; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.u.def.value = 0; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.type = STT_FUNC; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.def_regular = 1; |
| htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.non_elf = 0; |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &htab->tga_desc_fd->elf, TRUE); |
| } |
| |
| #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20 |
| /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may |
| exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a |
| pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases |
| section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires |
| fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */ |
| |
| while (1) |
| { |
| bfd *input_bfd; |
| unsigned int bfd_indx; |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| |
| htab->stub_iteration += 1; |
| |
| for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0; |
| input_bfd != NULL; |
| input_bfd = input_bfd->link.next, bfd_indx++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| asection *section; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */ |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */ |
| for (section = input_bfd->sections; |
| section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, *irelaend, *irela; |
| |
| /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more |
| to do. */ |
| if ((section->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| || (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 |
| || (section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| || (section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 |
| || section->reloc_count == 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* If this section is a link-once section that will be |
| discarded, then don't create any stubs. */ |
| if (section->output_section == NULL |
| || section->output_section->owner != info->output_bfd) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Get the relocs. */ |
| internal_relocs |
| = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, section, NULL, NULL, |
| info->keep_memory); |
| if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
| goto error_ret_free_local; |
| |
| /* Now examine each relocation. */ |
| irela = internal_relocs; |
| irelaend = irela + section->reloc_count; |
| for (; irela < irelaend; irela++) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| unsigned int r_indx; |
| enum ppc_stub_type stub_type; |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| asection *sym_sec, *code_sec; |
| bfd_vma sym_value, code_value; |
| bfd_vma destination; |
| unsigned long local_off; |
| bfd_boolean ok_dest; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *hash; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| char *stub_name; |
| const asection *id_sec; |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| struct plt_entry *plt_ent; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (irela->r_info); |
| r_indx = ELF64_R_SYM (irela->r_info); |
| |
| if (r_type >= R_PPC64_max) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| } |
| |
| /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */ |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24 |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14 |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Now determine the call target, its name, value, |
| section. */ |
| if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| r_indx, input_bfd)) |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| hash = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); |
| |
| ok_dest = FALSE; |
| fdh = NULL; |
| sym_value = 0; |
| if (hash == NULL) |
| { |
| sym_value = sym->st_value; |
| if (sym_sec != NULL |
| && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| ok_dest = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| { |
| sym_value = hash->elf.root.u.def.value; |
| if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| ok_dest = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| { |
| /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and |
| use the func descriptor sym instead if it is |
| defined. */ |
| if (hash->elf.root.root.string[0] == '.' |
| && hash->oh != NULL) |
| { |
| fdh = ppc_follow_link (hash->oh); |
| if (fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || fdh->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| { |
| sym_sec = fdh->elf.root.u.def.section; |
| sym_value = fdh->elf.root.u.def.value; |
| if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| ok_dest = TRUE; |
| } |
| else |
| fdh = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| } |
| |
| destination = 0; |
| local_off = 0; |
| if (ok_dest) |
| { |
| sym_value += irela->r_addend; |
| destination = (sym_value |
| + sym_sec->output_offset |
| + sym_sec->output_section->vma); |
| local_off = PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash |
| ? hash->elf.other |
| : sym->st_other); |
| } |
| |
| code_sec = sym_sec; |
| code_value = sym_value; |
| opd = get_opd_info (sym_sec); |
| if (opd != NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_vma dest; |
| |
| if (hash == NULL && opd->adjust != NULL) |
| { |
| long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym_value)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| continue; |
| code_value += adjust; |
| sym_value += adjust; |
| } |
| dest = opd_entry_value (sym_sec, sym_value, |
| &code_sec, &code_value, FALSE); |
| if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| destination = dest; |
| if (fdh != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code |
| entry. */ |
| hash->elf.root.type = bfd_link_hash_defweak; |
| hash->elf.root.u.def.section = code_sec; |
| hash->elf.root.u.def.value = code_value; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */ |
| plt_ent = NULL; |
| stub_type = ppc_type_of_stub (section, irela, &hash, |
| &plt_ent, destination, |
| local_off); |
| |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC) |
| { |
| if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc; |
| else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch |
| || (code_sec != NULL |
| && code_sec->output_section != NULL |
| && (((hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other) |
| & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) |
| > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT))) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc; |
| } |
| else if (stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call) |
| { |
| /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub. |
| Since the linker pastes together pieces from |
| different object files when creating the |
| _init and _fini functions, it may be that a |
| call to what looks like a local sym is in |
| fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */ |
| if ((code_sec != NULL |
| && code_sec->output_section != NULL |
| && (code_sec->has_toc_reloc |
| || code_sec->makes_toc_func_call) |
| && (htab->sec_info[code_sec->id].toc_off |
| != htab->sec_info[section->id].toc_off)) |
| || (((hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other) |
| & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) |
| == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT)) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off; |
| } |
| |
| if (stub_type == ppc_stub_none) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */ |
| if (stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_type != ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc |
| && hash != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&hash->elf, htab) |
| && section->has_tls_reloc |
| && irela != internal_relocs) |
| { |
| /* Get tls info. */ |
| unsigned char *tls_mask; |
| |
| if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask, NULL, NULL, &local_syms, |
| irela - 1, input_bfd)) |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| if ((*tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (*tls_mask & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) == 0) |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call) |
| { |
| if (!htab->opd_abi |
| && htab->params->plt_localentry0 != 0 |
| && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash->elf)) |
| htab->has_plt_localentry0 = 1; |
| else if (irela + 1 < irelaend |
| && irela[1].r_offset == irela->r_offset + 4 |
| && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela[1].r_info) |
| == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE)) |
| { |
| if (!tocsave_find (htab, INSERT, |
| &local_syms, irela + 1, input_bfd)) |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| } |
| else |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save; |
| } |
| |
| /* Support for grouping stub sections. */ |
| id_sec = htab->sec_info[section->id].u.group->link_sec; |
| |
| /* Get the name of this stub. */ |
| stub_name = ppc_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hash, irela); |
| if (!stub_name) |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| |
| stub_entry = ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, |
| stub_name, FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (stub_entry != NULL) |
| { |
| enum ppc_stub_type old_type; |
| |
| /* A stub has already been created, but it may |
| not be the required type. We shouldn't be |
| transitioning from plt_call to long_branch |
| stubs or vice versa, but we might be |
| upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or |
| from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */ |
| free (stub_name); |
| if (htab->params->power10_stubs == -1) |
| { |
| /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc |
| and other varieties of stubs. (The _both |
| variety won't be created.) */ |
| bfd_boolean notoc = r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC; |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *alt_stub |
| = select_alt_stub (stub_entry, notoc); |
| |
| if (alt_stub == NULL) |
| { |
| alt_stub = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) |
| stub_hash_newfunc (NULL, |
| &htab->stub_hash_table, |
| stub_entry->root.string); |
| if (alt_stub == NULL) |
| { |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"), |
| section->owner, stub_entry->root.string); |
| goto error_ret_free_internal; |
| } |
| *alt_stub = *stub_entry; |
| stub_entry->root.next = &alt_stub->root; |
| if (notoc) |
| /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good |
| reason. */ |
| alt_stub = stub_entry; |
| alt_stub->stub_type = stub_type; |
| } |
| stub_entry = alt_stub; |
| } |
| old_type = stub_entry->stub_type; |
| switch (old_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| abort (); |
| |
| case ppc_stub_save_res: |
| continue; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_call_both: |
| if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call) |
| continue; |
| else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| { |
| if (old_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_both; |
| } |
| else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc) |
| { |
| if (old_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_plt_call_both; |
| } |
| else |
| abort (); |
| break; |
| |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both: |
| old_type += (ppc_stub_long_branch |
| - ppc_stub_plt_branch); |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc: |
| case ppc_stub_long_branch_both: |
| if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch) |
| continue; |
| else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off) |
| { |
| if (old_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_both; |
| } |
| else if (stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc) |
| { |
| if (old_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off) |
| stub_type = ppc_stub_long_branch_both; |
| } |
| else |
| abort (); |
| break; |
| } |
| if (old_type < stub_type) |
| stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry = ppc_add_stub (stub_name, section, info); |
| if (stub_entry == NULL) |
| { |
| free (stub_name); |
| error_ret_free_internal: |
| if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL) |
| free (internal_relocs); |
| error_ret_free_local: |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents |
| != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type; |
| if (stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| { |
| stub_entry->target_value = sym_value; |
| stub_entry->target_section = sym_sec; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| stub_entry->target_value = code_value; |
| stub_entry->target_section = code_sec; |
| } |
| stub_entry->h = hash; |
| stub_entry->plt_ent = plt_ent; |
| stub_entry->symtype |
| = hash ? hash->elf.type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info); |
| stub_entry->other = hash ? hash->elf.other : sym->st_other; |
| |
| if (hash != NULL |
| && (hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || hash->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) |
| htab->stub_globals += 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */ |
| if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
| free (internal_relocs); |
| } |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the |
| stub sections. */ |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| { |
| group->lr_restore = 0; |
| group->eh_size = 0; |
| if (group->stub_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *stub_sec = group->stub_sec; |
| |
| if (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER |
| || stub_sec->rawsize < stub_sec->size) |
| /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */ |
| stub_sec->rawsize = stub_sec->size; |
| stub_sec->size = 0; |
| stub_sec->reloc_count = 0; |
| stub_sec->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| } |
| if (htab->tga_group != NULL) |
| { |
| /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */ |
| htab->tga_group->eh_size |
| = 1 + 2 + (htab->opd_abi != 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3; |
| htab->tga_group->lr_restore = 23 * 4; |
| htab->tga_group->stub_sec->size = 24 * 4; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER |
| || htab->brlt->rawsize < htab->brlt->size) |
| htab->brlt->rawsize = htab->brlt->size; |
| htab->brlt->size = 0; |
| htab->brlt->reloc_count = 0; |
| htab->brlt->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL) |
| htab->relbrlt->size = 0; |
| |
| bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->stub_hash_table, ppc_size_one_stub, info); |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->needs_save_res) |
| group->stub_sec->size += htab->sfpr->size; |
| |
| if (info->emitrelocations |
| && htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| { |
| htab->glink->reloc_count = 1; |
| htab->glink->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->size > 8) |
| { |
| size_t size = 0, align = 4; |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->eh_size != 0) |
| size += (group->eh_size + 17 + align - 1) & -align; |
| if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| size += (24 + align - 1) & -align; |
| if (size != 0) |
| size += (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align; |
| align = 1ul << htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->alignment_power; |
| size = (size + align - 1) & -align; |
| htab->glink_eh_frame->rawsize = htab->glink_eh_frame->size; |
| htab->glink_eh_frame->size = size; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0) |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->stub_sec != NULL) |
| { |
| int align = abs (htab->params->plt_stub_align); |
| group->stub_sec->size |
| = (group->stub_sec->size + (1 << align) - 1) & -(1 << align); |
| } |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->stub_sec != NULL |
| && group->stub_sec->rawsize != group->stub_sec->size |
| && (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER |
| || group->stub_sec->rawsize < group->stub_sec->size)) |
| break; |
| |
| if (group == NULL |
| && (htab->brlt->rawsize == htab->brlt->size |
| || (htab->stub_iteration > STUB_SHRINK_ITER |
| && htab->brlt->rawsize > htab->brlt->size)) |
| && (htab->glink_eh_frame == NULL |
| || htab->glink_eh_frame->rawsize == htab->glink_eh_frame->size) |
| && (htab->tga_group == NULL |
| || htab->stub_iteration > 1)) |
| break; |
| |
| /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */ |
| (*htab->params->layout_sections_again) (); |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_vma val; |
| bfd_byte *p, *last_fde; |
| size_t last_fde_len, size, align, pad; |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| |
| /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the |
| linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before |
| bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be |
| indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */ |
| p = bfd_zalloc (htab->glink_eh_frame->owner, htab->glink_eh_frame->size); |
| if (p == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| htab->glink_eh_frame->contents = p; |
| last_fde = p; |
| align = 4; |
| |
| memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); |
| /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ |
| last_fde_len = ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align) - 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p); |
| p += last_fde_len + 4; |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->eh_size != 0) |
| { |
| group->eh_base = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| last_fde = p; |
| last_fde_len = ((group->eh_size + 17 + align - 1) & -align) - 4; |
| /* FDE length. */ |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* CIE pointer. */ |
| val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* Offset to stub section, written later. */ |
| p += 4; |
| /* stub section size. */ |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, group->stub_sec->size, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* Augmentation. */ |
| p += 1; |
| /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for |
| elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */ |
| p[group->eh_size - 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 1; |
| p = last_fde + last_fde_len + 4; |
| } |
| if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| { |
| last_fde = p; |
| last_fde_len = ((24 + align - 1) & -align) - 4; |
| /* FDE length. */ |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* CIE pointer. */ |
| val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* Offset to .glink, written later. */ |
| p += 4; |
| /* .glink size. */ |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size - 8, p); |
| p += 4; |
| /* Augmentation. */ |
| p += 1; |
| |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + (htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 3 : 2); |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_register; |
| *p++ = 65; |
| *p++ = htab->opd_abi ? 12 : 0; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + (htab->opd_abi ? 4 : 2); |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| *p++ = 65; |
| p += ((24 + align - 1) & -align) - 24; |
| } |
| /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame |
| sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any |
| zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */ |
| align = 1ul << htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->alignment_power; |
| size = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| pad = ((size + align - 1) & -align) - size; |
| htab->glink_eh_frame->size = size + pad; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, last_fde_len + pad, last_fde); |
| } |
| |
| maybe_strip_output (info, htab->brlt); |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL) |
| maybe_strip_output (info, htab->relbrlt); |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL) |
| maybe_strip_output (info, htab->glink_eh_frame); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections |
| move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */ |
| |
| bfd_vma |
| ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| bfd_vma TOCstart, adjust; |
| |
| if (info != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (is_elf_hash_table (htab) |
| && htab->hgot != NULL) |
| h = htab->hgot; |
| else |
| { |
| h = elf_link_hash_lookup (htab, ".TOC.", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
| if (is_elf_hash_table (htab)) |
| htab->hgot = h; |
| } |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && !h->root.linker_def |
| && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab) |
| || h->def_regular)) |
| { |
| TOCstart = defined_sym_val (h) - TOC_BASE_OFF; |
| _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd, TOCstart); |
| return TOCstart; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that |
| order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".got"); |
| if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".toc"); |
| if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".tocbss"); |
| if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd, ".plt"); |
| if (s == NULL || (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| { |
| /* This may happen for |
| o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a |
| .toc directive |
| o bad linker script |
| o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections |
| |
| FIXME: Warn user? */ |
| |
| /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be |
| using TOCstart. */ |
| for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_READONLY |
| | SEC_EXCLUDE)) |
| == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA)) |
| break; |
| if (s == NULL) |
| for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_EXCLUDE)) |
| == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_SMALL_DATA)) |
| break; |
| if (s == NULL) |
| for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_EXCLUDE)) |
| == SEC_ALLOC) |
| break; |
| if (s == NULL) |
| for (s = obfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| if ((s->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_ALLOC) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| TOCstart = 0; |
| if (s != NULL) |
| TOCstart = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| |
| /* Force alignment. */ |
| adjust = TOCstart & (TOC_BASE_ALIGN - 1); |
| TOCstart -= adjust; |
| _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd, TOCstart); |
| |
| if (info != NULL && s != NULL) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (htab != NULL) |
| { |
| if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = TOC_BASE_OFF - adjust; |
| htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section = s; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
| _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, obfd, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL, |
| s, TOC_BASE_OFF - adjust, |
| NULL, FALSE, FALSE, &bh); |
| } |
| } |
| return TOCstart; |
| } |
| |
| /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to |
| write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| info = inf; |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage |
| table. Set it up. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| asection *plt, *relplt; |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| |
| if (use_local_plt (info, h)) |
| { |
| if (!(h->def_regular |
| && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))) |
| continue; |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers = TRUE; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL); |
| else |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| if (bfd_link_pic (info)) |
| { |
| relplt = htab->relpltlocal; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT); |
| else |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| } |
| else |
| relplt = NULL; |
| } |
| rela.r_addend = defined_sym_val (h) + ent->addend; |
| |
| if (relplt == NULL) |
| { |
| loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; |
| bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| bfd_vma toc = elf_gp (info->output_bfd); |
| toc += htab->sec_info[h->root.u.def.section->id].toc_off; |
| bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, toc, loc + 8); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma |
| + plt->output_offset |
| + ent->plt.offset); |
| loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| + ent->plt.offset); |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT); |
| rela.r_addend = ent->addend; |
| loc = (htab->elf.srelplt->contents |
| + ((ent->plt.offset - PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab)) |
| / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela))); |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) |
| htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers = TRUE; |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (h->def_regular) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| s = htab->global_entry; |
| if (s == NULL || s->size == 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| && ent->addend == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p; |
| asection *plt; |
| bfd_vma off; |
| |
| p = s->contents + h->root.u.def.value; |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, h)) |
| { |
| if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| off = ent->plt.offset + plt->output_offset + plt->output_section->vma; |
| off -= h->root.u.def.value + s->output_offset + s->output_section->vma; |
| |
| if (off + 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off & 3) != 0) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"), |
| h->root.root.string); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry - 1] += 1; |
| if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) |
| { |
| size_t len = strlen (h->root.root.string); |
| char *name = bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len); |
| |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sprintf (name, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s->id, h->root.root.string); |
| h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (h == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| { |
| h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| h->root.u.def.value = p - s->contents; |
| h->ref_regular = 1; |
| h->def_regular = 1; |
| h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| h->forced_local = 1; |
| h->non_elf = 0; |
| h->root.linker_def = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (PPC_HA (off) != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (s->owner, ADDIS_R12_R12 | PPC_HA (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (s->owner, LD_R12_0R12 | PPC_LO (off), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (s->owner, MTCTR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (s->owner, BCTR, p); |
| break; |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
| { |
| struct got_entry **lgot_ents, **end_lgot_ents; |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd)) |
| continue; |
| |
| lgot_ents = elf_local_got_ents (ibfd); |
| if (!lgot_ents) |
| continue; |
| |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
| locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| end_lgot_ents = lgot_ents + locsymcount; |
| local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_lgot_ents; |
| end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; |
| for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) |
| for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sym_sec; |
| asection *plt, *relplt; |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, |
| lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) |
| { |
| if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| free (local_syms); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| val = sym->st_value + ent->addend; |
| if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) |
| val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; |
| |
| if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers = TRUE; |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; |
| } |
| |
| if (relplt == NULL) |
| { |
| loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; |
| bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| bfd_vma toc = elf_gp (ibfd); |
| bfd_put_64 (info->output_bfd, toc, loc + 8); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset |
| + plt->output_offset |
| + plt->output_section->vma); |
| if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL); |
| else |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT); |
| else |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| } |
| rela.r_addend = val; |
| loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (local_syms != NULL |
| && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) |
| { |
| if (!info->keep_memory) |
| free (local_syms); |
| else |
| symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; |
| } |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a |
| __tls_get_addr_opt call. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab) |
| { |
| asection *stub_sec = htab->tga_group->stub_sec; |
| unsigned int cfa_updt = 11 * 4; |
| bfd_byte *p; |
| bfd_vma to, from, delta; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| && htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.u.def.section == stub_sec |
| && htab->tga_desc_fd->elf.root.u.def.value == 0); |
| to = defined_sym_val (&htab->tls_get_addr_fd->elf); |
| from = defined_sym_val (&htab->tga_desc_fd->elf) + cfa_updt; |
| delta = to - from; |
| if (delta + (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow")); |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| p = stub_sec->contents; |
| p = tls_get_addr_prologue (htab->elf.dynobj, p, htab); |
| bfd_put_32 (stub_sec->owner, B_DOT | 1 | (delta & 0x3fffffc), p); |
| p += 4; |
| p = tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab->elf.dynobj, p, htab); |
| return stub_sec->size == (bfd_size_type) (p - stub_sec->contents); |
| } |
| |
| /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */ |
| |
| static bfd_byte * |
| emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab, bfd_byte *p) |
| { |
| unsigned int cfa_updt = 11 * 4; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + cfa_updt / 4; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| *p++ = 128; |
| *p++ = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| *p++ = 96; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf; |
| *p++ = 65; |
| *p++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f; |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| { |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_offset + i; |
| *p++ = (htab->opd_abi ? 13 : 12) - i; |
| } |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 10; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; |
| *p++ = 0; |
| for (i = 4; i < 12; i++) |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_restore + i; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 2; |
| *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; |
| *p++ = 65; |
| return p; |
| } |
| |
| /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file. |
| The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker |
| hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| char **stats) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| struct map_stub *group; |
| asection *stub_sec; |
| bfd_byte *p; |
| int stub_sec_count = 0; |
| |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */ |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| { |
| group->eh_size = 0; |
| group->lr_restore = 0; |
| if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL |
| && stub_sec->size != 0) |
| { |
| stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->params->stub_bfd, |
| stub_sec->size); |
| if (stub_sec->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| stub_sec->size = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int indx; |
| bfd_vma plt0; |
| |
| /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */ |
| if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", |
| TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| if (h == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) |
| { |
| h->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
| h->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; |
| h->root.u.def.value = 8; |
| h->ref_regular = 1; |
| h->def_regular = 1; |
| h->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; |
| h->forced_local = 1; |
| h->non_elf = 0; |
| h->root.linker_def = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| plt0 = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma |
| + htab->elf.splt->output_offset |
| - 16); |
| if (info->emitrelocations) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *r = get_relocs (htab->glink, 1); |
| if (r == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| r->r_offset = (htab->glink->output_offset |
| + htab->glink->output_section->vma); |
| r->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64); |
| r->r_addend = plt0; |
| } |
| p = htab->glink->contents; |
| plt0 -= htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset; |
| bfd_put_64 (htab->glink->owner, plt0, p); |
| p += 8; |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCL_20_31, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R2_0R11 | (-16 & 0xfffc), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTLR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADD_R11_R2_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R12_0R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R2_0R11 | 8, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTCTR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R11_0R11 | 16, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| unsigned int insn; |
| |
| /* 0: |
| . .quad plt0-1f # plt0 entry relative to 1: |
| # |
| # We get here with r12 initially @ a glink branch |
| # Load the address of _dl_runtime_resolve from plt0 and |
| # jump to it, with r0 set to the index of the PLT entry |
| # to be resolved and r11 the link map. |
| __glink_PLTresolve: |
| . std %r2,24(%r1) # optional |
| . mflr %r0 |
| . bcl 20,31,1f |
| 1: |
| . mflr %r11 |
| . mtlr %r0 |
| . ld %r0,(0b-1b)(%r11) |
| . sub %r12,%r12,%r11 |
| . add %r11,%r0,%r11 |
| . addi %r0,%r12,1b-2f |
| . ld %r12,0(%r11) |
| . srdi %r0,%r0,2 |
| . mtctr %r12 |
| . ld %r11,8(%r11) |
| . bctr |
| 2: |
| . b __glink_PLTresolve |
| . ... |
| . b __glink_PLTresolve */ |
| |
| if (htab->has_plt_localentry0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, STD_R2_0R1 + 24, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCL_20_31, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MFLR_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTLR_R0, p); |
| p += 4; |
| if (htab->has_plt_localentry0) |
| insn = LD_R0_0R11 | (-20 & 0xfffc); |
| else |
| insn = LD_R0_0R11 | (-16 & 0xfffc); |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, insn, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, SUB_R12_R12_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADD_R11_R0_R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ADDI_R0_R12 | (-44 & 0xffff), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R12_0R11, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, SRDI_R0_R0_2, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, MTCTR_R12, p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LD_R11_0R11 | 8, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, BCTR, p); |
| p += 4; |
| BFD_ASSERT (p == htab->glink->contents + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab)); |
| |
| /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */ |
| indx = 0; |
| while (p < htab->glink->contents + htab->glink->size) |
| { |
| if (htab->opd_abi) |
| { |
| if (indx < 0x8000) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LI_R0_0 | indx, p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, LIS_R0_0 | PPC_HI (indx), p); |
| p += 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, ORI_R0_R0_0 | PPC_LO (indx), |
| p); |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->glink->owner, |
| B_DOT | ((htab->glink->contents - p + 8) & 0x3fffffc), p); |
| indx++; |
| p += 4; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->tga_group != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->tga_group->lr_restore = 23 * 4; |
| htab->tga_group->stub_sec->size = 24 * 4; |
| if (!emit_tga_desc (htab)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0) |
| { |
| size_t align = 4; |
| |
| p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| p += (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align; |
| p += 17; |
| htab->tga_group->eh_size = emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab, p) - p; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */ |
| elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt, info); |
| |
| if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (htab->brlt != NULL && htab->brlt->size != 0) |
| { |
| htab->brlt->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->brlt->owner, |
| htab->brlt->size); |
| if (htab->brlt->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL && htab->relbrlt->size != 0) |
| { |
| htab->relbrlt->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->relbrlt->owner, |
| htab->relbrlt->size); |
| if (htab->relbrlt->contents == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */ |
| bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->stub_hash_table, ppc_build_one_stub, info); |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->needs_save_res) |
| group->stub_sec->size += htab->sfpr->size; |
| |
| if (htab->relbrlt != NULL) |
| htab->relbrlt->reloc_count = 0; |
| |
| if (htab->params->plt_stub_align != 0) |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL) |
| { |
| int align = abs (htab->params->plt_stub_align); |
| stub_sec->size = (stub_sec->size + (1 << align) - 1) & -(1 << align); |
| } |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->needs_save_res) |
| { |
| stub_sec = group->stub_sec; |
| memcpy (stub_sec->contents + stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size, |
| htab->sfpr->contents, htab->sfpr->size); |
| if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs); i++) |
| if (!sfpr_define (info, &save_res_funcs[i], stub_sec)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0) |
| { |
| bfd_vma val; |
| size_t align = 4; |
| |
| p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; |
| p += (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + align - 1) & -align; |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if (group->eh_size != 0) |
| { |
| /* Offset to stub section. */ |
| val = (group->stub_sec->output_section->vma |
| + group->stub_sec->output_offset); |
| val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset |
| + (p + 8 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)); |
| if (val + 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"), |
| group->stub_sec->name); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p + 8); |
| p += (group->eh_size + 17 + 3) & -4; |
| } |
| if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) |
| { |
| /* Offset to .glink. */ |
| val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma |
| + htab->glink->output_offset |
| + 8); |
| val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma |
| + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset |
| + (p + 8 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)); |
| if (val + 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"), |
| htab->glink->name); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p + 8); |
| p += (24 + align - 1) & -align; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (group = htab->group; group != NULL; group = group->next) |
| if ((stub_sec = group->stub_sec) != NULL) |
| { |
| stub_sec_count += 1; |
| if (stub_sec->rawsize != stub_sec->size |
| && (htab->stub_iteration <= STUB_SHRINK_ITER |
| || stub_sec->rawsize < stub_sec->size)) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (group != NULL) |
| { |
| htab->stub_error = TRUE; |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size")); |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->stub_error) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (stats != NULL) |
| { |
| char *groupmsg; |
| if (asprintf (&groupmsg, |
| ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n", |
| "linker stubs in %u groups\n", |
| stub_sec_count), |
| stub_sec_count) < 0) |
| *stats = NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| if (asprintf (stats, _("%s" |
| " branch %lu\n" |
| " branch toc adj %lu\n" |
| " branch notoc %lu\n" |
| " branch both %lu\n" |
| " long branch %lu\n" |
| " long toc adj %lu\n" |
| " long notoc %lu\n" |
| " long both %lu\n" |
| " plt call %lu\n" |
| " plt call save %lu\n" |
| " plt call notoc %lu\n" |
| " plt call both %lu\n" |
| " global entry %lu"), |
| groupmsg, |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_long_branch_both - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_plt_call_both - 1], |
| htab->stub_count[ppc_stub_global_entry - 1]) < 0) |
| *stats = NULL; |
| free (groupmsg); |
| } |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in |
| discarded sections. */ |
| |
| static unsigned int |
| ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) |
| { |
| if (strcmp (".opd", sec->name) == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (strcmp (".toc", sec->name) == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (strcmp (".toc1", sec->name) == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); |
| } |
| |
| /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type) |
| { |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_RELATIVE: |
| case R_PPC64_NONE: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT: |
| case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE: |
| case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL: |
| case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL64: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL30: |
| case R_PPC64_COPY: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR24: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL32: |
| case R_PPC64_REL64: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| default: |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker |
| to handle the relocations for a section. |
| |
| The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section |
| actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be |
| zero. |
| |
| This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as |
| necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a |
| relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as |
| necessary. |
| |
| This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc |
| address or the reloc symbol index. |
| |
| LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. |
| |
| LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file |
| corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. |
| |
| The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found |
| via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). |
| |
| When generating relocatable output, this function must handle |
| STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is |
| going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output |
| section, which means that the addend must be adjusted |
| accordingly. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| bfd *input_bfd, |
| asection *input_section, |
| bfd_byte *contents, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
| asection **local_sections) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| struct got_entry **local_got_ents; |
| bfd_vma TOCstart; |
| bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; |
| bfd_boolean is_opd; |
| /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */ |
| bfd_boolean is_isa_v2 = TRUE; |
| bfd_boolean warned_dynamic = FALSE; |
| bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); |
| |
| /* Initialize howto table if needed. */ |
| if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table[R_PPC64_ADDR32]) |
| ppc_howto_init (); |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Don't relocate stub sections. */ |
| if (input_section->owner == htab->params->stub_bfd) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd)) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| local_got_ents = elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd); |
| TOCstart = elf_gp (output_bfd); |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
| sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
| is_opd = ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_type == sec_opd; |
| |
| rel = wrel = relocs; |
| relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
| for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| bfd_vma addend; |
| bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| asection *sec; |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h_elf; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *h; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_entry *fdh; |
| const char *sym_name; |
| unsigned long r_symndx, toc_symndx; |
| bfd_vma toc_addend; |
| unsigned char tls_mask, tls_gd, tls_type; |
| unsigned char sym_type; |
| bfd_vma relocation; |
| bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; |
| bfd_boolean warned; |
| enum { DEST_NORMAL, DEST_OPD, DEST_STUB } reloc_dest; |
| unsigned int insn; |
| unsigned int mask; |
| struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry; |
| bfd_vma max_br_offset; |
| bfd_vma from; |
| Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel; |
| reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; |
| uint64_t pinsn; |
| bfd_vma offset; |
| |
| again: |
| orig_rel = *rel; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
| |
| /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the |
| symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the |
| proper TOC base to use. */ |
| if (rel->r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC) |
| && wrel != relocs |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| && is_opd) |
| r_symndx = ELF64_R_SYM (wrel[-1].r_info); |
| |
| sym = NULL; |
| sec = NULL; |
| h_elf = NULL; |
| sym_name = NULL; |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| warned = FALSE; |
| |
| if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
| { |
| /* It's a local symbol. */ |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| |
| sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); |
| sym_type = ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info); |
| relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); |
| opd = get_opd_info (sec); |
| if (opd != NULL && opd->adjust != NULL) |
| { |
| long adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (sym->st_value |
| + rel->r_addend)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| relocation = 0; |
| else |
| { |
| /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym |
| and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so |
| that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct. |
| If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol, |
| then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */ |
| if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| rel->r_addend += adjust; |
| else |
| relocation += adjust; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_boolean ignored; |
| |
| RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, |
| r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, |
| h_elf, sec, relocation, |
| unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); |
| sym_name = h_elf->root.root.string; |
| sym_type = h_elf->type; |
| if (sec != NULL |
| && sec->owner == output_bfd |
| && strcmp (sec->name, ".opd") == 0) |
| { |
| /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All |
| such are defined in output sections, even those |
| defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in |
| an input section. Transfer the symbol to an |
| appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to |
| this symbol will be mapped to the location specified |
| by the opd entry. */ |
| struct bfd_link_order *lo; |
| for (lo = sec->map_head.link_order; lo != NULL; lo = lo->next) |
| if (lo->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| { |
| asection *isec = lo->u.indirect.section; |
| if (h_elf->root.u.def.value >= isec->output_offset |
| && h_elf->root.u.def.value < (isec->output_offset |
| + isec->size)) |
| { |
| h_elf->root.u.def.value -= isec->output_offset; |
| h_elf->root.u.def.section = isec; |
| sec = isec; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| h = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf); |
| |
| if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
| { |
| _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type], |
| input_bfd, input_section, |
| contents, rel->r_offset); |
| wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; |
| wrel->r_info = 0; |
| wrel->r_addend = 0; |
| |
| /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against |
| symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for |
| non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the |
| eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ |
| if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) |
| && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) |
| wrel--; |
| |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| |
| if (h != NULL && &h->elf == htab->elf.hgot) |
| { |
| relocation = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs |
| based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit |
| RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible |
| for the final instruction stream. */ |
| tls_mask = 0; |
| tls_gd = 0; |
| toc_symndx = 0; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| tls_mask = h->tls_mask; |
| else if (local_got_ents != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) |
| (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; |
| } |
| if (((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0 || tls_mask == (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) |
| && (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD)) |
| { |
| /* Check for toc tls entries. */ |
| unsigned char *toc_tls; |
| |
| if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, &toc_symndx, &toc_addend, |
| &local_syms, rel, input_bfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (toc_tls) |
| tls_mask = *toc_tls; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls |
| relocs are used with non-tls syms. */ |
| if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_NONE |
| && (h == NULL |
| || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS)) |
| { |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (r_type == R_PPC64_TLS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSGD |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TLSLD)) |
| /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */ |
| ; |
| else |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type) |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n") |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, |
| sym_name); |
| } |
| |
| /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ |
| if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS != R_PPC64_TOC16_DS + 1 |
| || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO != R_PPC64_TOC16 + 1 |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) |
| || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) |
| abort (); |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT: |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 58u << 26) |
| abort (); |
| insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| { |
| /* Check for toc tls entries. */ |
| unsigned char *toc_tls; |
| int retval; |
| |
| retval = get_tls_mask (&toc_tls, &toc_symndx, &toc_addend, |
| &local_syms, rel, input_bfd); |
| if (retval == 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (toc_tls) |
| { |
| tls_mask = *toc_tls; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_DS |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS) |
| { |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & (TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) == 0) |
| goto toctprel; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be |
| doing a GD->IE transition. */ |
| if (retval == 2) |
| { |
| tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| goto tls_ldgd_opt; |
| } |
| else if (retval == 3) |
| { |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| goto tls_ldgd_opt; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| { |
| rel->r_offset -= d_offset; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| { |
| toctprel: |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| insn &= 31 << 21; |
| insn |= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */ |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, |
| contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA; |
| if (toc_symndx != 0) |
| { |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx, r_type); |
| rel->r_addend = toc_addend; |
| /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to |
| get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ |
| goto again; |
| } |
| else |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| { |
| /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */ |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| pinsn += ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52) |
| + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16)); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff, |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TLS: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 |
| && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| { |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 13); |
| if (insn == 0) |
| break; |
| if ((rel->r_offset & 3) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now |
| PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ |
| rel->r_offset += d_offset; |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO; |
| if (toc_symndx != 0) |
| { |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx, r_type); |
| rel->r_addend = toc_addend; |
| /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to |
| get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ |
| goto again; |
| } |
| else |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| else if ((rel->r_offset & 3) == 1) |
| { |
| /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full |
| offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop |
| or mr will do. */ |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14 << 26) |
| { |
| /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */ |
| unsigned int rt = (insn >> 21) & 0x1f; |
| unsigned int ra = (insn >> 16) & 0x1f; |
| if (rt == ra) |
| insn = NOP; |
| else |
| { |
| /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */ |
| insn = (rt << 16) | (ra << 21) | (ra << 11); |
| insn |= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1); |
| } |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - 1); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| goto tls_gdld_hi; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| { |
| tls_gdld_hi: |
| if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) |
| r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) |
| + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS); |
| else |
| { |
| rel->r_offset -= d_offset; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| } |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| tls_gd = TLS_GDIE; |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| goto tls_ldgd_opt; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn1, insn2; |
| |
| tls_ldgd_opt: |
| offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
| /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark |
| __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call |
| stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next |
| reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with |
| the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ |
| if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr |
| && rel + 1 < relend |
| && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, |
| htab->tls_get_addr_fd, |
| htab->tga_desc_fd, |
| htab->tls_get_addr, |
| htab->tga_desc)) |
| offset = rel[1].r_offset; |
| /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we |
| need to keep the destination reg. It may be |
| something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3 |
| before the call by intervening code. */ |
| insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) |
| { |
| /* IE */ |
| insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); |
| insn1 |= 58u << 26; /* ld */ |
| insn2 = 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */ |
| if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC16_LO) |
| r_type += R_PPC64_TOC16_DS - R_PPC64_TOC16; |
| else |
| r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16 & 1)) & 1) |
| + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS); |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* LE */ |
| insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; |
| insn1 |= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */ |
| insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| if (tls_gd == 0) |
| { |
| /* Was an LD reloc. */ |
| r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; |
| rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| } |
| else if (toc_symndx != 0) |
| { |
| r_symndx = toc_symndx; |
| rel->r_addend = toc_addend; |
| } |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, |
| R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO); |
| rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; |
| rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| } |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, |
| contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); |
| if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| if (offset + 8 <= input_section->size) |
| { |
| insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| if (insn2 == LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab)) |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4); |
| } |
| } |
| if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) == 0 |
| && (tls_gd == 0 || toc_symndx != 0)) |
| { |
| /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order |
| to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ |
| goto again; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| { |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) |
| { |
| /* IE, pla -> pld */ |
| pinsn += (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */ |
| pinsn += (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34; |
| } |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff, |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| { |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| pinsn += (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn & 0xffffffff, |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL34; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| goto again; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TLSGD: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 |
| && rel + 1 < relend) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn2; |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1 = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); |
| |
| offset = rel->r_offset; |
| if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1)) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); |
| if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34 |
| || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC) |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4); |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL) |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4); |
| |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) |
| { |
| /* IE */ |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| insn2 = 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */ |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* LE */ |
| if (toc_symndx != 0) |
| { |
| r_symndx = toc_symndx; |
| rel->r_addend = toc_addend; |
| } |
| if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC) |
| { |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| insn2 = NOP; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| rel->r_offset = offset + d_offset; |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO; |
| insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| } |
| } |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ |
| BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) == 0 |
| && toc_symndx != 0 |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_NONE) |
| goto again; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TLSLD: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 |
| && rel + 1 < relend) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn2; |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1 = ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); |
| |
| offset = rel->r_offset; |
| if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1)) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); |
| if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34 |
| || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC) |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4); |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL) |
| bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + offset + 4); |
| |
| if (r_type1 == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| || r_type1 == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC) |
| { |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| insn2 = NOP; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| rel->r_offset = offset + d_offset; |
| r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO; |
| rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ |
| } |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ |
| BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); |
| if (r_type != R_PPC64_NONE) |
| goto again; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| if (rel + 1 < relend |
| && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64) |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 8) |
| { |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) |
| { |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_NONE); |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0) |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TPREL64; |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 1, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| } |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, 1, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) |
| { |
| r_type = R_PPC64_NONE; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ENTRY: |
| relocation = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| if (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && !info->traditional_format |
| && relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn1, insn2; |
| |
| insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| if ((insn1 & ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12 |
| && insn2 == ADD_R2_R2_R12) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| LIS_R2 + PPC_HA (relocation), |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| ADDI_R2_R2 + PPC_LO (relocation), |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| relocation -= (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| if (relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn1, insn2; |
| |
| insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| if ((insn1 & ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12 |
| && insn2 == ADD_R2_R2_R12) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| ADDIS_R2_R12 + PPC_HA (relocation), |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| ADDI_R2_R2 + PPC_LO (relocation), |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HA: |
| /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit |
| . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha |
| . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l |
| used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to |
| . lis 2,.TOC.@ha |
| . addi 2,2,.TOC.@l |
| if .TOC. is in range. */ |
| if (!bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && !info->traditional_format |
| && !htab->opd_abi |
| && rel->r_addend == d_offset |
| && h != NULL && &h->elf == htab->elf.hgot |
| && rel + 1 < relend |
| && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_REL16_LO) |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4 |
| && rel[1].r_addend == rel->r_addend + 4 |
| && relocation + 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff) |
| { |
| unsigned int insn1, insn2; |
| offset = rel->r_offset - d_offset; |
| insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); |
| insn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| if ((insn1 & 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12 |
| && (insn2 & 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2) |
| { |
| r_type = R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| rel->r_addend -= d_offset; |
| rel[1].r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO); |
| rel[1].r_addend -= d_offset + 4; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, LIS_R2, contents + offset); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ |
| insn = 0; |
| max_br_offset = 1 << 25; |
| addend = rel->r_addend; |
| reloc_dest = DEST_NORMAL; |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE: |
| if (relocation + addend == (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma) |
| && tocsave_find (htab, NO_INSERT, |
| &local_syms, rel, input_bfd)) |
| { |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| if (insn == NOP |
| || insn == CROR_151515 || insn == CROR_313131) |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| STD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| insn = 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */ |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| insn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + rel->r_offset) & ~(0x01 << 21); |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL14: |
| max_br_offset = 1 << 15; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL24: |
| case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC: |
| /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to |
| shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is |
| done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these |
| linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop |
| will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC |
| base pointer. */ |
| fdh = h; |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->oh != NULL |
| && h->oh->is_func_descriptor) |
| fdh = ppc_follow_link (h->oh); |
| stub_entry = ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section, sec, fdh, &orig_rel, |
| htab); |
| if ((r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC) |
| && stub_entry != NULL |
| && stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| stub_entry = NULL; |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL |
| && ((stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both)) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean can_plt_call = FALSE; |
| |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && !htab->opd_abi |
| && htab->params->plt_localentry0 != 0 |
| && h != NULL |
| && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h->elf)) |
| { |
| /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */ |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC) |
| { |
| /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */ |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a |
| branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is |
| replaced by an insn to restore r2. */ |
| else if (rel->r_offset + 8 <= input_section->size) |
| { |
| unsigned long br; |
| |
| br = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + rel->r_offset); |
| if ((br & 1) != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned long nop; |
| |
| nop = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| if (nop == LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab)) |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| else if (nop == NOP |
| || nop == CROR_151515 |
| || nop == CROR_313131) |
| { |
| if (h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&h->elf, htab) |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt) |
| { |
| /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */ |
| } |
| else |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, |
| LD_R2_0R1 + STK_TOC (htab), |
| contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!can_plt_call && h != NULL) |
| { |
| const char *name = h->elf.root.root.string; |
| |
| if (*name == '.') |
| ++name; |
| |
| if (strncmp (name, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0 |
| && (name[17] == 0 || name[17] == '@')) |
| { |
| /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting |
| stub. Other calls that never return could do |
| the same, if we could detect such. */ |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (!can_plt_call) |
| { |
| /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a |
| following nop. This is arguably wrong since we |
| have conflicting information. On the one hand a |
| global symbol and on the other a local call |
| sequence, but don't error for this special case. |
| It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have |
| exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same |
| section. */ |
| asection *code_sec = sec; |
| |
| if (get_opd_info (sec) != NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_vma off = (relocation + addend |
| - sec->output_section->vma |
| - sec->output_offset); |
| |
| opd_entry_value (sec, off, &code_sec, NULL, FALSE); |
| } |
| if (code_sec == input_section) |
| can_plt_call = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| if (!can_plt_call) |
| { |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; " |
| "(plt call stub)\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); |
| else |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; " |
| "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); |
| |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (can_plt_call |
| && stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && stub_entry->stub_type <= ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if ((stub_entry == NULL |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch) |
| && get_opd_info (sec) != NULL) |
| { |
| /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */ |
| bfd_vma off = (relocation + addend |
| - sec->output_section->vma |
| - sec->output_offset); |
| bfd_vma dest = opd_entry_value (sec, off, NULL, NULL, FALSE); |
| if (dest != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| relocation = dest; |
| addend = 0; |
| reloc_dest = DEST_OPD; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long |
| branch stub. */ |
| from = (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| |
| relocation += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh |
| ? fdh->elf.other |
| : sym->st_other); |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL |
| && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch) |
| && (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN |
| || (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset |
| < 2 * max_br_offset))) |
| /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */ |
| stub_entry = NULL; |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL |
| && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both) |
| && (r_type != R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| || ((fdh ? fdh->elf.other : sym->st_other) |
| & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT) |
| && (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset |
| < 2 * max_br_offset)) |
| stub_entry = NULL; |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL |
| && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both) |
| && r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| && (relocation + addend - from + max_br_offset |
| < 2 * max_br_offset)) |
| stub_entry = NULL; |
| |
| if (stub_entry != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub |
| rather than the procedure directly. */ |
| asection *stub_sec = stub_entry->group->stub_sec; |
| |
| if (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_save_res) |
| relocation += (stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_sec->output_section->vma |
| + stub_sec->size - htab->sfpr->size |
| - htab->sfpr->output_offset |
| - htab->sfpr->output_section->vma); |
| else |
| relocation = (stub_entry->stub_offset |
| + stub_sec->output_offset |
| + stub_sec->output_section->vma); |
| addend = 0; |
| reloc_dest = DEST_STUB; |
| |
| if ((((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE) |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| && rel + 1 < relend |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset + 4 |
| && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE) |
| || ((stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_long_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_branch_both |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both) |
| && r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC)) |
| { |
| /* Skip over the r2 store at the start of the stub. */ |
| if (!(stub_entry->stub_type >= ppc_stub_plt_call |
| && htab->params->tls_get_addr_opt |
| && h != NULL |
| && is_tls_get_addr (&h->elf, htab))) |
| relocation += 4; |
| } |
| |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC |
| && (stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc |
| || stub_entry->stub_type == ppc_stub_plt_call_both)) |
| htab->notoc_plt = 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (insn != 0) |
| { |
| if (is_isa_v2) |
| { |
| /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch |
| on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000 |
| for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */ |
| if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21)) |
| insn |= 0x02 << 21; |
| else if ((insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21)) |
| insn |= 0x08 << 21; |
| else |
| break; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ |
| if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + addend - from) < 0) |
| insn ^= 0x01 << 21; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| } |
| |
| /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions. |
| We can thus call a weak function without first |
| checking whether the function is defined. */ |
| else if (h != NULL |
| && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| && h->elf.dynindx == -1 |
| && (r_type == R_PPC64_REL24 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC) |
| && relocation == 0 |
| && addend == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| if ((h ? h->elf.type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || !htab->do_toc_opt) |
| break; |
| from = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| if (relocation + addend - from + 0x8000 < 0x10000 |
| && sec != NULL |
| && sec->output_section != NULL |
| && !discarded_section (sec) |
| && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))) |
| { |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */) |
| { |
| insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| if ((h ? h->elf.type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || !htab->do_toc_opt) |
| break; |
| from = TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| if (relocation + addend - from + 0x80008000ULL < 0x100000000ULL |
| && sec != NULL |
| && sec->output_section != NULL |
| && !discarded_section (sec) |
| && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))) |
| { |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS |
| && (insn & (0x3fu << 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */) |
| { |
| insn += (14u << 26) - (58u << 26); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_LO; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| else if (r_type == R_PPC64_GOT16_HA |
| && (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */) |
| { |
| r_type = R_PPC64_TOC16_HA; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| if ((h ? h->elf.type : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| || !htab->do_toc_opt) |
| break; |
| from = (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma |
| + input_section->output_offset); |
| if (!(relocation - from + (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34 |
| && sec != NULL |
| && sec->output_section != NULL |
| && !discarded_section (sec) |
| && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf)))) |
| break; |
| |
| offset = rel->r_offset; |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| if ((pinsn & ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26))) |
| != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */)) |
| break; |
| |
| /* Replace with paddi. */ |
| pinsn += (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26); |
| r_type = R_PPC64_PCREL34; |
| rel->r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, contents + offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn, contents + offset + 4); |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL34: |
| if (!htab->params->no_pcrel_opt |
| && rel + 1 < relend |
| && rel[1].r_offset == rel->r_offset |
| && rel[1].r_info == ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT) |
| && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))) |
| { |
| offset = rel->r_offset; |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
| if ((pinsn & ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26))) |
| == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52) |
| | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */)) |
| { |
| bfd_vma off2 = rel[1].r_addend; |
| if (off2 == 0) |
| /* zero means next insn. */ |
| off2 = 8; |
| off2 += offset; |
| if (off2 + 4 <= input_section->size) |
| { |
| uint64_t pinsn2; |
| bfd_signed_vma addend_off; |
| pinsn2 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + off2); |
| pinsn2 <<= 32; |
| if ((pinsn2 & (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58) |
| { |
| if (off2 + 8 > input_section->size) |
| break; |
| pinsn2 |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, |
| contents + off2 + 4); |
| } |
| if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn, &pinsn2, &addend_off)) |
| { |
| addend += addend_off; |
| rel->r_addend = addend; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, |
| contents + offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn, |
| contents + offset + 4); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn2 >> 32, |
| contents + off2); |
| if ((pinsn2 & (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58) |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn2, |
| contents + off2 + 4); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| tls_type = 0; |
| save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), |
| input_bfd, ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); |
| |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_NONE: |
| case R_PPC64_TLS: |
| case R_PPC64_TLSGD: |
| case R_PPC64_TLSLD: |
| case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE: |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| case R_PPC64_ENTRY: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT: |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| |
| /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's |
| address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the |
| symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the |
| symbol and put the symbol value there. */ |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; |
| goto dogot; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; |
| goto dogot; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; |
| goto dogot; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34: |
| tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; |
| goto dogot; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| dogot: |
| { |
| /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
| offset table. */ |
| asection *got; |
| bfd_vma *offp; |
| bfd_vma off; |
| unsigned long indx = 0; |
| struct got_entry *ent; |
| |
| if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) |
| && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf))) |
| ent = ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd); |
| else |
| { |
| if (h != NULL) |
| { |
| if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created |
| || h->elf.dynindx == -1 |
| || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf) |
| || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &h->elf)) |
| /* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
| -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
| locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
| because of a version file. */ |
| ; |
| else |
| { |
| indx = h->elf.dynindx; |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| } |
| ent = h->elf.got.glist; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (local_got_ents == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| ent = local_got_ents[r_symndx]; |
| } |
| |
| for (; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->addend == orig_rel.r_addend |
| && ent->owner == input_bfd |
| && ent->tls_type == tls_type) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (ent == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| if (ent->is_indirect) |
| ent = ent->got.ent; |
| offp = &ent->got.offset; |
| got = ppc64_elf_tdata (ent->owner)->got; |
| if (got == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| |
| /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the |
| least significant bit to record whether we have already |
| processed this entry. */ |
| off = *offp; |
| if ((off & 1) != 0) |
| off &= ~1; |
| else |
| { |
| /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in |
| the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per |
| module. */ |
| asection *relgot; |
| bfd_boolean ifunc; |
| |
| *offp = off | 1; |
| relgot = NULL; |
| ifunc = (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC); |
| if (ifunc) |
| { |
| relgot = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| if (indx == 0 || is_static_defined (&h->elf)) |
| htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (indx != 0 |
| || (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| && (h == NULL |
| || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &h->elf)) |
| && !(tls_type != 0 |
| && bfd_link_executable (info) |
| && (h == NULL |
| || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, |
| &h->elf))))) |
| relgot = ppc64_elf_tdata (ent->owner)->relgot; |
| if (relgot != NULL) |
| { |
| outrel.r_offset = (got->output_section->vma |
| + got->output_offset |
| + off); |
| outrel.r_addend = orig_rel.r_addend; |
| if (tls_type & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) |
| { |
| outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64); |
| if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) |
| { |
| loc = relgot->contents; |
| loc += (relgot->reloc_count++ |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, |
| &outrel, loc); |
| outrel.r_offset += 8; |
| outrel.r_addend = orig_rel.r_addend; |
| outrel.r_info |
| = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64); |
| } |
| } |
| else if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_DTPREL64); |
| else if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_TPREL64); |
| else if (indx != 0) |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT); |
| else |
| { |
| if (ifunc) |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE); |
| else |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| |
| /* Write the .got section contents for the sake |
| of prelink. */ |
| loc = got->contents + off; |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend + relocation, |
| loc); |
| } |
| |
| if (indx == 0 && tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) |
| { |
| outrel.r_addend += relocation; |
| if (tls_type & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) |
| { |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) |
| outrel.r_addend = 0; |
| else |
| outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; |
| } |
| } |
| loc = relgot->contents; |
| loc += (relgot->reloc_count++ |
| * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| } |
| |
| /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not |
| emitting a reloc. */ |
| else |
| { |
| relocation += orig_rel.r_addend; |
| if (tls_type != 0) |
| { |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) |
| relocation = 0; |
| else |
| { |
| if (tls_type & TLS_LD) |
| relocation = 0; |
| else |
| relocation -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| if (tls_type & TLS_TPREL) |
| relocation += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; |
| } |
| |
| if (tls_type & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) |
| { |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| got->contents + off + 8); |
| relocation = 1; |
| } |
| } |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, relocation, |
| got->contents + off); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
| abort (); |
| |
| relocation = got->output_section->vma + got->output_offset + off; |
| addend = 0; |
| if (!(r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34 |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34)) |
| addend = -(TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT32: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT64: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC: |
| /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
| procedure linkage table. */ |
| unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| { |
| struct plt_entry **plt_list = NULL; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| plt_list = &h->elf.plt.plist; |
| else if (local_got_ents != NULL) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) |
| (local_got_ents + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
| plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; |
| } |
| if (plt_list) |
| { |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| for (ent = *plt_list; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
| && ent->addend == orig_rel.r_addend) |
| { |
| asection *plt; |
| bfd_vma got; |
| |
| plt = htab->elf.splt; |
| if (use_local_plt (info, elf_hash_entry (h))) |
| { |
| if (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| plt = htab->elf.iplt; |
| else |
| plt = htab->pltlocal; |
| } |
| relocation = (plt->output_section->vma |
| + plt->output_offset |
| + ent->plt.offset); |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HA |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_HI |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO |
| || r_type == R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS) |
| { |
| got = (elf_gp (output_bfd) |
| + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off); |
| relocation -= got; |
| } |
| addend = 0; |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TOC: |
| /* Relocation value is TOC base. */ |
| relocation = TOCstart; |
| if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF) |
| relocation += htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| else if (unresolved_reloc) |
| ; |
| else if (sec != NULL && sec->id < htab->sec_info_arr_size) |
| relocation += htab->sec_info[sec->id].toc_off; |
| else |
| unresolved_reloc = TRUE; |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base, |
| which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000. |
| The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt, |
| in this order. */ |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| addend -= TOCstart + htab->sec_info[input_section->id].toc_off; |
| if (h != NULL) |
| goto dodyn; |
| break; |
| |
| /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA: |
| if (sec != NULL) |
| addend -= sec->output_section->vma; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL16: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_REL24: |
| case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL28: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| if (h != NULL |
| && h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| && h->elf.dynindx == -1) |
| { |
| /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol |
| resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since |
| code using weak externs ought to check that they are |
| defined before using them. */ |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; |
| |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 13); |
| if (insn != 0) |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| break; |
| } |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; |
| /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared |
| libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in |
| DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL34: |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL: |
| addend += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.other |
| : sym->st_other); |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64: |
| relocation = 1; |
| addend = 0; |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL64: |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; |
| goto dodyn; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL64: |
| if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) |
| addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a |
| dynamic object. */ |
| case R_PPC64_REL30: |
| case R_PPC64_REL32: |
| case R_PPC64_REL64: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR24: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR16: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR32: |
| case R_PPC64_UADDR64: |
| case R_PPC64_D34: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HI30: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_D28: |
| dodyn: |
| if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| break; |
| |
| if (NO_OPD_RELOCS && is_opd) |
| break; |
| |
| if (bfd_link_pic (info) |
| ? ((h == NULL |
| || h->elf.dyn_relocs != NULL) |
| && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) |
| || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) |
| : (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.dyn_relocs != NULL |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
| asection *sreloc; |
| bfd_vma out_off; |
| long indx = 0; |
| |
| /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations |
| are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
| time. */ |
| |
| skip = FALSE; |
| relocate = FALSE; |
| |
| out_off = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
| input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| if (out_off == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| skip = TRUE; |
| else if (out_off == (bfd_vma) -2) |
| skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
| out_off += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| + input_section->output_offset); |
| outrel.r_offset = out_off; |
| outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; |
| |
| /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */ |
| if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 && (out_off & 7) != 0) |
| || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR64 && (out_off & 7) == 0)) |
| r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR64 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR64; |
| else if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR32 && (out_off & 3) != 0) |
| || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR32 && (out_off & 3) == 0)) |
| r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR32; |
| else if ((r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR16 && (out_off & 1) != 0) |
| || (r_type == R_PPC64_UADDR16 && (out_off & 1) == 0)) |
| r_type ^= R_PPC64_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC64_UADDR16; |
| |
| if (skip) |
| memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
| else if (h != NULL |
| && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->elf) |
| && !is_opd |
| && r_type != R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| indx = h->elf.dynindx; |
| BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, r_type); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local, |
| or this is an opd section reloc which must point |
| at a local function. */ |
| outrel.r_addend += relocation; |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 || r_type == R_PPC64_TOC) |
| { |
| if (is_opd && h != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs |
| when building shared libraries and we |
| reference a function in another shared |
| lib. The same thing happens for a weak |
| definition in an application that's |
| overridden by a strong definition in a |
| shared lib. (I believe this is a generic |
| bug in binutils handling of weak syms.) |
| In these cases we won't use the opd |
| entry in this lib. */ |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| } |
| if (!is_opd |
| && r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64 |
| && (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)) |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE); |
| else |
| { |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE); |
| |
| /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so. |
| Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules |
| for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have |
| *r_offset equal to r_addend. */ |
| relocate = TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: %s for indirect " |
| "function `%pT' unsupported\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, |
| sym_name); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| } |
| else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| ; |
| else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| asection *osec = sec->output_section; |
| |
| if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| { |
| /* TLS symbol values are relative to the |
| TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for |
| local TLS symbols therefore can't be |
| reduced to a relocation against their |
| section symbol because it holds the |
| address of the section, not a value |
| relative to the TLS segment. We could |
| change the .tdata dynamic section symbol |
| to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works |
| and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64 |
| GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */ |
| osec = htab->elf.tls_sec; |
| indx = 0; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; |
| if (indx == 0) |
| { |
| if ((osec->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| && htab->elf.data_index_section != NULL) |
| osec = htab->elf.data_index_section; |
| else |
| osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; |
| indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; |
| } |
| BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); |
| } |
| |
| /* We are turning this relocation into one |
| against a section symbol, so subtract out |
| the output section's address but not the |
| offset of the input section in the output |
| section. */ |
| outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma; |
| } |
| |
| outrel.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (indx, r_type); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; |
| if (h != NULL |
| ? h->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC |
| : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) |
| { |
| sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; |
| if (indx == 0 || is_static_defined (&h->elf)) |
| htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers = TRUE; |
| } |
| if (sreloc == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| |
| if (sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) |
| >= sreloc->size) |
| abort (); |
| loc = sreloc->contents; |
| loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
| |
| if (!warned_dynamic |
| && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info))) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT " |
| "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"), |
| input_bfd, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info)]->name, |
| sym_name); |
| warned_dynamic = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will |
| be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do |
| anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure |
| that the section contents are a known value. */ |
| if (!relocate) |
| { |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so |
| ignores section contents except for the special |
| case of .opd where the contents might be accessed |
| before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't |
| cause reloc overflow. */ |
| relocation = 0; |
| addend = 0; |
| /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs |
| to improve backward compatibility with older |
| versions of ld. */ |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_ADDR64) |
| addend = outrel.r_addend; |
| /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */ |
| else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->pc_relative) |
| addend = outrel.r_offset; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_COPY: |
| case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT: |
| case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT: |
| case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL: |
| case R_PPC64_RELATIVE: |
| /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable |
| files. */ |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTREL32: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTREL64: |
| /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */ |
| |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"), |
| input_bfd, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, sym_name); |
| |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| |
| /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be |
| optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x; |
| to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */ |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an |
| offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed |
| addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize. |
| Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an |
| offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that |
| we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low |
| insn. */ |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC: |
| if (!unresolved_reloc) |
| htab->notoc_plt = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_PLTCALL: |
| if (unresolved_reloc) |
| { |
| /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */ |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| insn &= 1; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B_DOT | insn, p); |
| if (r_type == R_PPC64_PLTCALL) |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p + 4); |
| unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; |
| r_type = R_PPC64_REL24; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ: |
| if (unresolved_reloc) |
| { |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| goto nop_it; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC: |
| if (!unresolved_reloc) |
| htab->notoc_plt = 1; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: |
| if (unresolved_reloc) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, PNOP >> 32, p); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, PNOP, p + 4); |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| if (unresolved_reloc) |
| { |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| goto nop_it; |
| } |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| if (htab->do_toc_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 |
| && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->unexpected_toc_insn) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p; |
| nop_it: |
| p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| if (unresolved_reloc) |
| { |
| unresolved_reloc = FALSE; |
| goto nop_it; |
| } |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| if (htab->do_toc_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000 |
| && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->unexpected_toc_insn) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */) |
| { |
| /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */ |
| insn &= ~((0x3fu << 26) | (0x1f << 16)); |
| insn |= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); |
| insn |= 2 << 16; |
| } |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); |
| insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); |
| insn |= 13 << 16; |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Do any further special processing. */ |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol |
| that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, |
| 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol |
| alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ |
| if (sec == NULL) |
| break; |
| /* Fall through. */ |
| |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. |
| Bits 0:15 are not used. */ |
| addend += 0x8000; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34: |
| case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34: |
| if (sec != NULL) |
| addend += 1ULL << 33; |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| mask = 3; |
| /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then |
| the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of |
| a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ |
| forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in |
| this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these |
| relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */ |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (56u << 26) |
| || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn & 3) == 1)) |
| mask = 15; |
| relocation += addend; |
| addend = insn & (mask ^ 3); |
| if ((relocation & mask) != 0) |
| { |
| relocation ^= relocation & mask; |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| ppc64_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name, |
| mask + 1); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| goto copy_reloc; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections |
| because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will |
| not process them. */ |
| howto = ppc64_elf_howto_table[(int) r_type]; |
| if (unresolved_reloc |
| && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
| && h->elf.def_dynamic) |
| && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
| rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| howto->name, |
| h->elf.root.root.string); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a |
| few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should |
| have different reloc types. */ |
| if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont |
| && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff |
| && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| { |
| enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; |
| |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); |
| if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) |
| complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; |
| else if (howto->rightshift == 0 |
| ? ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) |
| : ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */ |
| || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */)) |
| complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; |
| if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) |
| { |
| alt_howto = *howto; |
| alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; |
| howto = &alt_howto; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ |
| case R_PPC64_D34: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_LO: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HI30: |
| case R_PPC64_D34_HA30: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_TPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_DTPREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34: |
| case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC: |
| case R_PPC64_D28: |
| case R_PPC64_PCREL28: |
| if (rel->r_offset + 8 > input_section->size) |
| r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| else |
| { |
| relocation += addend; |
| if (howto->pc_relative) |
| relocation -= (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| relocation >>= howto->rightshift; |
| |
| pinsn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| pinsn <<= 32; |
| pinsn |= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| |
| pinsn &= ~howto->dst_mask; |
| pinsn |= (((relocation << 16) | (relocation & 0xffff)) |
| & howto->dst_mask); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn >> 32, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, pinsn, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| if (howto->complain_on_overflow == complain_overflow_signed |
| && (relocation + (1ULL << (howto->bitsize - 1)) |
| >= 1ULL << howto->bitsize)) |
| r = bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA: |
| if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) |
| r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| else |
| { |
| relocation += addend; |
| relocation -= (rel->r_offset |
| + input_section->output_offset |
| + input_section->output_section->vma); |
| relocation = (bfd_signed_vma) relocation >> 16; |
| insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| insn &= ~0x1fffc1; |
| insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); |
| bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); |
| r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
| if (relocation + 0x8000 > 0xffff) |
| r = bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
| contents, rel->r_offset, |
| relocation, addend); |
| } |
| |
| if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| { |
| char *more_info = NULL; |
| const char *reloc_name = howto->name; |
| |
| if (reloc_dest != DEST_NORMAL) |
| { |
| more_info = bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name) + 8); |
| if (more_info != NULL) |
| { |
| strcpy (more_info, reloc_name); |
| strcat (more_info, (reloc_dest == DEST_OPD |
| ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)")); |
| reloc_name = more_info; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) |
| { |
| /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow |
| on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ |
| if (!warned |
| && (reloc_dest == DEST_STUB |
| || !(h != NULL |
| && (h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
| || h->elf.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))) |
| info->callbacks->reloc_overflow |
| (info, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h, sym_name, |
| reloc_name, orig_rel.r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, |
| rel->r_offset); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"), |
| input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, |
| reloc_name, sym_name, (int) r); |
| ret = FALSE; |
| } |
| free (more_info); |
| } |
| copy_reloc: |
| if (wrel != rel) |
| *wrel = *rel; |
| } |
| |
| if (wrel != rel) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| size_t deleted = rel - wrel; |
| |
| rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); |
| rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| { |
| /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave |
| one NONE reloc. |
| ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ |
| rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; |
| deleted -= 1; |
| } |
| rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); |
| rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; |
| input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; |
| } |
| |
| /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function |
| returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be |
| adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output |
| file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for |
| opd_entry_value. */ |
| if (is_opd && (info->emitrelocations || bfd_link_relocatable (info))) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| amt = input_section->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela); |
| rel = bfd_alloc (input_bfd, amt); |
| BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->opd.relocs == NULL); |
| ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->opd.relocs = rel; |
| if (rel == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (rel, relocs, amt); |
| } |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */ |
| |
| static int |
| ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *elfsym, |
| asection *input_sec, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
| { |
| struct _opd_sec_data *opd; |
| long adjust; |
| bfd_vma value; |
| |
| if (h != NULL) |
| return 1; |
| |
| opd = get_opd_info (input_sec); |
| if (opd == NULL || opd->adjust == NULL) |
| return 1; |
| |
| value = elfsym->st_value - input_sec->output_offset; |
| if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
| value -= input_sec->output_section->vma; |
| |
| adjust = opd->adjust[OPD_NDX (value)]; |
| if (adjust == -1) |
| return 2; |
| |
| elfsym->st_value += adjust; |
| return 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| dynamic sections here. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| struct plt_entry *ent; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!htab->opd_abi && !h->def_regular) |
| for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) |
| if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| { |
| /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as |
| defined in glink. Leave the value if there were |
| any relocations where pointer equality matters |
| (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make |
| function pointer comparisons work between an |
| application and shared library), otherwise set it |
| to zero. */ |
| sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) |
| sym->st_value = 0; |
| else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) |
| { |
| /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but |
| that is better than breaking tests for a NULL |
| function pointer. */ |
| sym->st_value = 0; |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (h->needs_copy |
| && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| && (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss |
| || h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)) |
| { |
| /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Rela rela; |
| asection *srel; |
| bfd_byte *loc; |
| |
| if (h->dynindx == -1) |
| abort (); |
| |
| rela.r_offset = defined_sym_val (h); |
| rela.r_info = ELF64_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC64_COPY); |
| rela.r_addend = 0; |
| if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) |
| srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; |
| else |
| srel = htab->elf.srelbss; |
| loc = srel->contents; |
| loc += srel->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela); |
| bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the |
| dynamic linker, before writing them out. */ |
| |
| static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| const asection *rel_sec, |
| const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
| { |
| enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type; |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| |
| if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) |
| return reloc_class_ifunc; |
| |
| r_type = ELF64_R_TYPE (rela->r_info); |
| switch (r_type) |
| { |
| case R_PPC64_RELATIVE: |
| return reloc_class_relative; |
| case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT: |
| return reloc_class_plt; |
| case R_PPC64_COPY: |
| return reloc_class_copy; |
| default: |
| return reloc_class_normal; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct ppc_link_hash_table *htab; |
| bfd *dynobj; |
| asection *sdyn; |
| |
| htab = ppc_hash_table (info); |
| if (htab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; |
| sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| |
| if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) |
| { |
| Elf64_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
| |
| if (sdyn == NULL || htab->elf.sgot == NULL) |
| abort (); |
| |
| dyncon = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
| dynconend = (Elf64_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
| for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
| |
| switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| { |
| default: |
| continue; |
| |
| case DT_PPC64_GLINK: |
| s = htab->glink; |
| dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start |
| of glink rather than the first entry point, which is |
| what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to |
| support automatic multiple TOCs. */ |
| dyn.d_un.d_ptr += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab) - 8 * 4; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_PPC64_OPD: |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".opd"); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| continue; |
| dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_PPC64_OPT: |
| if ((htab->do_multi_toc && htab->multi_toc_needed) |
| || htab->notoc_plt) |
| dyn.d_un.d_val |= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC; |
| if (htab->has_plt_localentry0) |
| dyn.d_un.d_val |= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ: |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".opd"); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| continue; |
| dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_PLTGOT: |
| s = htab->elf.splt; |
| dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_JMPREL: |
| s = htab->elf.srelplt; |
| dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
| dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_TEXTREL: |
| if (htab->elf.ifunc_resolvers) |
| info->callbacks->einfo |
| (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " |
| "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->elf.sgot->size != 0 |
| && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| { |
| /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table. |
| We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */ |
| bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, |
| elf_gp (output_bfd) + TOC_BASE_OFF, |
| htab->elf.sgot->contents); |
| |
| /* Set .got entry size. */ |
| elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| = 8; |
| } |
| |
| if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 |
| && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) |
| { |
| /* Set .plt entry size. */ |
| elf_section_data (htab->elf.splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab); |
| } |
| |
| /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for |
| brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */ |
| if (htab->brlt != NULL |
| && htab->brlt->reloc_count != 0 |
| && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd, |
| htab->brlt, |
| elf_section_data (htab->brlt)->rela.hdr, |
| elf_section_data (htab->brlt)->relocs, |
| NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (htab->glink != NULL |
| && htab->glink->reloc_count != 0 |
| && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd, |
| htab->glink, |
| elf_section_data (htab->glink)->rela.hdr, |
| elf_section_data (htab->glink)->relocs, |
| NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| |
| if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->size != 0 |
| && htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME |
| && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, |
| htab->glink_eh_frame, |
| htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves, |
| since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first |
| bfd. */ |
| while ((dynobj = dynobj->link.next) != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| |
| if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj)) |
| continue; |
| |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj)->got; |
| if (s != NULL |
| && s->size != 0 |
| && s->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr |
| && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, s->output_section, |
| s->contents, s->output_offset, |
| s->size)) |
| return FALSE; |
| s = ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj)->relgot; |
| if (s != NULL |
| && s->size != 0 |
| && s->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr |
| && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, s->output_section, |
| s->contents, s->output_offset, |
| s->size)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| #include "elf64-target.h" |
| |
| /* FreeBSD support */ |
| |
| #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
| #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_le_vec |
| #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
| #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle-freebsd" |
| |
| #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
| #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec |
| #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
| #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd" |
| |
| #undef ELF_OSABI |
| #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD |
| |
| #undef elf64_bed |
| #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed |
| |
| #include "elf64-target.h" |